Complete Visual Arts Program Application - Aquinas College
Complete Visual Arts Program Application - Aquinas College
Complete Visual Arts Program Application - Aquinas College
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Application</strong> for State Approval of Teacher Preparation<br />
Specialty <strong>Program</strong>s<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services<br />
P.O. Box 30008, Lansing, Michigan 48909<br />
Phone: (517) 335-4610 *** Fax: (517) 373-0542<br />
Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Name, title, address, and contact information for the head of the professional education unit:<br />
Michael Williams, PhD. Dean, School of Education<br />
(Name) (Title)<br />
School of Education, Brown Center, 1607 Robinson Rd. SE Grand Rapids, MI 49506<br />
(<strong>Complete</strong> Mailing address)<br />
(616) 632-2437<br />
(Phone)<br />
I certify that all the information contained in this application is correct:<br />
(Unit Head Signature) (Date)<br />
Contact person for questions regarding this application:<br />
Ron Pederson Chair, Art Department<br />
(Name) (Title)<br />
(616) 632-2406<br />
(Phone)<br />
Institution’s name for this program: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
MDE Endorsement Area and Code (from Attachment 1): LQ<br />
Directions:<br />
• For each new, amended, or experimental program, a separate application is required.<br />
• <strong>Application</strong> and all documentation are to be submitted electronically.<br />
• Fax or mail only the cover page that is signed by the unit head.<br />
• All correspondence regarding this application should be addressed to the consultant/coordinator<br />
identified on Attachment 1.<br />
Institution<br />
MDE Endorsement Area and Code<br />
(from Attachment 2)<br />
Date of this <strong>Application</strong><br />
Name and Title of Unit Head<br />
Signature of Unit Head<br />
I. <strong>Application</strong> Information<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
LQ<br />
7/30/04<br />
Ron Pederson, Chair, Art Department<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
2
II. Contact information for Questions Related to This <strong>Application</strong><br />
Contact Person’s Name and Title Ron Pederson, Professor of Art, Art Department Chair<br />
Contact Person’s Phone Number (616) 632-2406<br />
Contact Person’s Fax Number<br />
732-4487<br />
Contact Person’s E-Mail Address pederron@aquinas.edu<br />
III. Type of Request for Approval (Indicate One)<br />
New program for institution<br />
USOE Code, if vocational occupational area<br />
Compliance with State Board of Education new or modified program<br />
criteria<br />
Experimental program<br />
<strong>Program</strong> amendment (See Section VI for guidelines.)<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
X<br />
3<br />
3
IV. Institutional Representatives<br />
Please list individuals available to Serve on Michigan Department of Education Ad-Hoc Committees<br />
Related to this Specialty <strong>Program</strong> (e.g. program review, standards development, test development, forum<br />
planning). Include both higher education faculty and K-12 representatives.<br />
Name/Title Specialty Mailing<br />
Address<br />
<strong>Program</strong><br />
Summary<br />
E-Mail<br />
Address<br />
V. <strong>Program</strong> Information<br />
Phone Fax<br />
The Art Education program at <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> is consistent with the philosophy and<br />
integrated into the curriculum of the Art Department. The mission of the Art Department is to<br />
function as both a service department for non-majors and as a training ground for future artists, art<br />
teachers, and art historians.<br />
For the non-art majors we serve, we seek to increase the visual literacy of the general<br />
student population. We provide exposure to the history of art, exposure to creative problem solving<br />
that blends and balances right and left brain thinking, and opportunities to make and evaluate art.<br />
Some of those non-majors include candidates for elementary certification. We are confident that<br />
our courses help them in both their own intellectual and personal development, and in their<br />
preparation to be elementary teachers.<br />
Our departmental pedagogical goals are perfectly appropriate for art majors who seek K-<br />
12 certification. We seek to produce graduates who possess the skills and knowledge to make<br />
excellent visual decisions (including in their own art), to visually evaluate cultural products and<br />
environments, and to understand their art historical heritage. Those goals are in sync with the goal<br />
for art education students to be able to model and teach their future students the same set of skills,<br />
knowledge, and sensibilities they learn while studying at <strong>Aquinas</strong>.<br />
Our art major requires thirty semester hours in studio art, and fifteen hours in art history.<br />
The foundation of our program consists of two design courses that focus on the elements and<br />
principals of formal composition, two drawing courses that continue to build compositional skills<br />
while adding the technical and observational abilities typical of traditional drawing curricula, and a<br />
video-based course that emphasizes concept-driven art-making methods. Together this foundation<br />
provides a common vocabulary, a set of skills that enables the student to create works of art and<br />
approach other media and experience expressing their thoughts in group critiques.<br />
In the second, third and fourth year the student takes fifteen hours of upper level media<br />
based courses that include painting, figure drawing, printmaking, photography, ceramics and<br />
sculpture. These courses allow art certification candidates to explore the aesthetics of particular<br />
materials and processes, thus preparing themselves to teach a variety of approaches to creating art.<br />
Teacher candidates must take three courses (9 credit hours) in one area. The most important<br />
component of the media-based courses is the critique. In small groups and individually, students<br />
participate in critiques led by their instructor. In so doing, they employ vocabulary and concepts<br />
learned in the above-mentioned foundation courses, and hone their abilities to evaluate their own<br />
art work and that of their colleagues. The students’ direct experience in critiques results in their<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
4<br />
4
eing prepared to give instruction in critical thinking to their own future students.<br />
The art history component of our art major (15 credit hours) is critically important in<br />
providing a breadth and depth of understanding and appreciation for the context within which we<br />
work as artists. It is the historical heritage that underpins all we do as artists and teachers, and is<br />
invaluable to our candidates as they begin their own careers.<br />
The required art history sequence provides an ancient to modern survey (two courses), a<br />
more condensed survey of developments that led to modern and contemporary art (two courses),<br />
and a course chosen from among electives, which allows the student to explore more carefully a<br />
period of art history he or she may have been briefly exposed to in one of the survey courses.<br />
The K-12 candidate in art graduates with a solid foundation in visual art and art history.<br />
Group and individual critiques and written responses to aesthetic issues are required in every class.<br />
Our graduates are trained to consider many aspects of the creative process and to share their<br />
thoughts on art and art making.<br />
The Art Education program requires an additional 12 credit hours (4 courses) in Art<br />
Education:<br />
AT 370 Foundations in Art Education<br />
AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />
AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />
AT 376 Studio Practices in Art Education<br />
These courses, which are taken during the sophomore, junior and senior years,<br />
complement coursework taken in the Education Department and explore philosophical and<br />
theoretical ideas unique to art education, including stages of child development and age-appropriate<br />
instruction, as well as practical aspects of teaching art in a K-12 classroom. Together, the<br />
objectives of our program are to prepare teacher candidates who:<br />
-can articulate a personal philosophy of art education.<br />
-have knowledge of how art education fits into the contemporary curriculum.<br />
-understand the stages of child development and have experience developing appropriate<br />
instructional tools.<br />
-have an excellent knowledge of art history and broad experience in a variety of studio<br />
media.<br />
-have become particularly competent in one medium through having<br />
completed at least 9 credit hours in it.<br />
-can create a safe and ecologically responsible classroom environment.<br />
-have expertise in enabling students to discuss and critique visual ideas and works of art.<br />
-have experience creating curricula that meets National and Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Standards and is appropriate for special needs populations as well as the general<br />
population.<br />
-have an understanding of the developmental and socio-cultural factors that influence<br />
student learning and the art classroom environment.<br />
-can employ a variety of classroom management strategies that are unique to the<br />
discipline.<br />
-can assess k-12 student learning.<br />
Beyond the studio art, art history and art education courses described above, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong> requires that candidates for teacher endorsement complete a 39 hour professional<br />
preparation program in taught and administered in the <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> School of Education.<br />
While many of these courses are general in nature, some of them are discipline specific and focus<br />
on art education. Introduction to Education, taken in the sophomore year, involves a placement of<br />
forty hours in an art classroom, and a weekly seminar session. The Directed Student Teaching<br />
courses also include a weekly discipline-focused seminar that complements, clarifies and enriches<br />
the fourteen week placement in an art classroom.<br />
The combination of art education courses taught by the Art Department, discipline<br />
specific education courses, taught in the School of Education, and exposure to K-12 art teachers<br />
and classrooms through placements and visits, provides our students with an exceptional<br />
conceptual and practical preparation for success in teaching. In the history of the <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
Department of Art, no Art Education candidate has ever failed the state certification test.<br />
The systematic education of <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Education students regarding appropriate<br />
instruction for various leaning styles occurs within the context of required School of Education<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
5<br />
5
<strong>Program</strong><br />
Coursework<br />
courses. That knowledge is built upon in Art Education courses, and practiced in the field<br />
placements noted above, in both the sophomore and senior years. Our students are given a variety<br />
of field placements in urban, inner city, and suburban schools. They are thus exposed to a number<br />
of different learning environments in which they can observe varied instructional approaches, and<br />
under supervision, test the effectiveness of their own methods.<br />
Within the Art Department, K-12 candidates are exposed to experiences and instructional<br />
approaches that vary according to the medium, the instructor, and the studio facilities. Since there<br />
are nine studio art and art history faculty on our staff, our students are guaranteed exposure to<br />
numerous instructional approaches.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong>’ K-12 candidates are fortunate in that broad cultural, global, and gender-equity<br />
perspectives are built into both the art curriculum and the general education requirements of the<br />
<strong>College</strong>. Among the general education courses, Inquiry and Expression, Humanities, and foreign<br />
language study are mandated to expose students to the cultural expressions, including art, of a great<br />
variety of non-western cultures and ethnic groups. Gender issues are part of both Inquiry and<br />
Expression and Humanities.<br />
The Art curriculum builds on that. Art History courses make a point of integrating<br />
consideration of non-western art into the course of study of every historical period. In courses that<br />
cover movements in the 19 th and 20 th centuries, the historical record makes it increasingly feasible<br />
to particularly examine the contributions of women artists.<br />
Since the women’s movement of the 1960’s and 70’s was closely linked with the<br />
development of Postmodernism, gender issues are a dominant part of two of our courses which<br />
provide a historical and an experiential perspective on Postmodernism. The courses are<br />
Contemporary Art, an elective art history course, and New Forms, a studio course that takes a<br />
postmodern tack in emphasizing a concept-driven approach to making art. Many of the historical<br />
artists to whom students are exposed in those courses use women’s issues as a conceptual basis for<br />
their art.<br />
Additionally, in the make-up of the art faculty, the Art Department models gender equity.<br />
Of the five full-time faculty members, two are women. Of the four part-time faculty members, two<br />
are women.<br />
That variety of faculty, as noted earlier, exposes the K-12 candidate to a variety of<br />
evaluation methods concerning works of art, ranging from formal to technical to conceptual<br />
concerns. Every studio course involves individual and group critiques that enable the K-12<br />
candidates to build their ability to evaluate their own art and that of their colleagues, and to<br />
articulate their evaluation using the particular vocabulary of the discipline that is introduced in the<br />
2d and 3d design courses. Doing visual analysis of historical art works is a regular component of<br />
art history courses also, so by the time of graduation, K-12 candidates are well versed in assessing<br />
and articulating the quality of individual works of art.<br />
That ties into students’ ability to assess the value and success of a course or a set of<br />
assignments within a course. Beginning with evaluating a single artwork or a group of related<br />
artworks, students are taught to work backward to the assessment of the assignment that resulted in<br />
that artwork. That progression continues logically to the assessment of sets of assignments, to the<br />
assessment of a course, eventually to the assessment of the course groupings of a curriculum.<br />
Assessing skills are addressed in both art education methods courses and in Education<br />
Department courses, and practiced during the fourteen to sixteen week student teaching placement.<br />
The foregoing adds up to an exceptionally strong, systematic preparation for K-12<br />
candidates. They are provided with a conceptual vocabulary that enables clear communication in<br />
discussing and evaluating art. They are given compositional and technical instruction, and are<br />
exposed to an extensive, substantial, and balanced art history regimen that includes global,<br />
multicultural, and gender-equity perspectives. They are pushed to become the best artists they can<br />
be. They are trained in teaching methods and given opportunities to put them into practice. They<br />
leave with the ability to articulate the great need for art as an integral part of any school curriculum.<br />
See attachment 3<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
6<br />
6
VI. Content Guidelines/Standards Matrix<br />
See Attachment 4, Content Guidelines/Standards Matrix<br />
Field<br />
Experiences<br />
Instructional<br />
Methods<br />
Course<br />
Descriptions<br />
VII. Supporting Documentation<br />
Student Teaching by Art Education Teacher Candidates<br />
at <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Field experience for teacher candidates is covered in seven courses: EN 201 Introduction to<br />
Education, AT 370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education,<br />
AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, and AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education,<br />
EN495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School. (EN495 and EN498).<br />
EN201 Introduction to includes forty hours of placement by teacher candidates in selected<br />
elementary and secondary classrooms and weekly seminars. EN201 field assignments are made<br />
according to major, meaning K-12 Art candidates are placed in K-12 art classrooms.<br />
Art Education courses include visits to art classrooms, some of which include presentations of<br />
lessons to children, but they do not include extended field placements.<br />
EN 495 and EN 498 involve supervised practice teaching in elementary and secondary schools<br />
respectively. The attached syllabi provide details regarding these courses. For the sake of<br />
ensuring some variety of practice teaching experiences, effort is made to place each candidate in<br />
schools that contrast with those to which they have been exposed during their EN 201, e.g. inner<br />
city vs. suburban, public vs. private, etc.<br />
Coursework, field experience, studio work, critiques, exams-oral and written, classroom<br />
observation, field trips, papers, lectures and related experiences.<br />
AT 130 Basic Drawing I (3). This is a studio art course that focuses on drawing from<br />
observed life and on the development of traditional drawing skills and design. The<br />
student is directed toward developing a sensitivity to form, materials and design that is<br />
responsive to the unique visual properties of the subject. Exploration of materials also<br />
constitutes an important part if this course. Art work completed in the course will reflect<br />
a search for the creative potential inherent in each material studied.<br />
AT 131 Basic Drawing II (3). This is a continuation of AT 130 with emphasis on visual<br />
problem solving and the integration of design into the student’s drawing method. The<br />
course will concentrate on the student’s creating a limited number of finished drawings,<br />
on exploring a variety of drawing materials and on critiquing and reworking the drawings<br />
as they progress. Eight units of two weeks each will center on a particular subject matter.<br />
The subject will be explored with a variety of materials and approaches. Each unit will<br />
culminate in one to three finished drawings that represent two weeks of work. Working<br />
critiques will be held at least once per unit. The evolution of the drawing and the final<br />
image(s) should reflect consideration of issues raised in these discussions. Prerequisite:<br />
AT 130<br />
AT 140, Two Dimensional Design (3). This is a studio art course that examines the<br />
formal qualities of two-dimensional art. Students will study the elements and principles<br />
of two-dimensional design as a foundation for understanding art works. Individual<br />
design elements will be introduced and examined in a series of abstract exercises.<br />
Orchestration of design issues will develop as the semester progresses.<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
7<br />
7
AT 141, 3-D Design (3). Structural spatial and organizational problems centered<br />
around basic 3-dimensional materials. This course is intended to introduce students to<br />
factors unique to three-dimensional design: vocabulary, composition of form and space,<br />
critical evaluation, and 3-d materials and techniques.<br />
AT 150 Art Survey I (3). Selected major monuments of painting, sculpture, architecture<br />
from cave to early Renaissance, arts of China and Japan.<br />
AT 151 Art Survey II (3). Major monuments of painting, sculpture and architecture of<br />
the western world from early Renaissance to 19 th century.<br />
AT 201, Life Drawing (3) This is a studio art course focuses on drawing from the<br />
observed figure, developing traditional drawing skills, experimenting with materials, and<br />
nurturing an awareness of an emerging individual style. Everyone will work from the<br />
figure during class sessions. Everyone will follow the same critique schedule.<br />
Homework assignments, however, will vary depending on course level. Individual<br />
homework calendars are outlined below. A critique of homework and in-class drawings<br />
will be held once every two weeks. Remaining classes will be devoted to drawing from<br />
the nude. In addition to academic correctness, we will focus on developing a sensitivity<br />
to form, materials and design which is responsive to the unique visual qualities of the<br />
subject. Exploration of materials will also constitute an important part of the course.<br />
Work completed in the semester will reflect a search for the creative potential inherent in<br />
each material used. By the end of the semester, the student will create a group of mature,<br />
finished drawings. Prerequisite: AT 131<br />
AT 202 Advanced Drawing (3). Continuation of AT 201; Broadened technical and<br />
conceptual approaches introduced. Strong emphasis on recognizing and developing<br />
individual direction. Prerequisite: AT 202<br />
AT 212, Photography I (3). Exploration of Photography as a Fine Art. Includes: basic<br />
camera handling, black and white film development and printing, aesthetic discussion<br />
and critiques. Equipment required: 35mm camera.<br />
AT 213 Photography II (3). Continuation of Photo I. Includes further development of<br />
camera techniques, darkroom skills, and manipulation of print. Postmodern issues in<br />
photography are covered. Individual directions are encouraged. Written and verbal<br />
critiques are included. Prerequisite: AT 212<br />
AT 214-219 Photography III-VII (3). Advanced photography course emphasizing<br />
personal artistic growth. Frequent critiques. Exploration of advanced techniques.<br />
AT 230 New Forms (3). Based in a post modern aesthetic, this course will allow<br />
students to make art using a concept driven approach. Ideas will be developed via<br />
reading, journaling, writing, sketching video, and photography. Final artworks will use<br />
media appropriate to the idea.<br />
At 275 Renaissance Art And Society (3). An investigation of the masters and<br />
monuments from 1250 – 1550. Emphasis is placed on Italy culminating in a study of<br />
Leonardo, and Raphael and their legacy; however, Northern masters and styles will be<br />
introduced.<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
8<br />
8
AT 302-307 Advanced Drawing II-VIII (3). Advanced drawing course emphasizing<br />
personal artistic growth. Frequent critiques. Exploration of advanced techniques.<br />
Individual problems defined by student and instructor. Scheduled in the same time slot as<br />
AT 201, this course will also make use of the figure. Prerequisite: AT 202<br />
AT 311 Painting 1 (3). Beginning course in oil and alkyd painting. Introduction to basic<br />
tools and techniques including direct and indirect painting. Integration of design<br />
principles into the image making process. Safety issues related to oil paints and<br />
mediums, powdered pigments and fumes will be covered. Prerequisite: AT 130<br />
AT 312 Painting II (3). Advanced oil painting course emphasizing personal artistic<br />
growth. Frequent critique, exploration of advanced techniques and the creation of a<br />
cohesive body of work. Prerequisite: AT 301<br />
AT 321 Sculpture I (3) Traditional life-sized figurehead project modeled in clay and<br />
either kiln-fired or cast in plaster. Additional figurative sculptural problems.<br />
AT 322 Sculpture II (3) On a rotating basis, opportunities to work in steel, clay, plaster,<br />
stone, bronze, and assemblage. The conceptual emphasis will be on 20 th century<br />
approaches to sculpture. Individual sculptural directions will be encouraged.<br />
AT 331 Ceramics I (3). Introduction to Ceramics as a fine art form. Handbuilding, wheel<br />
thrown, and glazing techniques Safety issues related to clay dust, glaze, use of wheels<br />
and use of kilns. Frequent critiques will build skills in evaluating art objects. No prior<br />
experience in art is assumed.<br />
AT 332 Ceramics II (3). Continuation of AT 331. Greater involvement with wheelthrowing,<br />
glazing and firing techniques. Frequent critiques will push students to find<br />
consistencies in their work.<br />
AT 341 Printmaking I (3). Beginning course in lithography, intaglio and relief<br />
printmaking. Equipment, tools, materials and techniques used in each medium<br />
will be covered. Safe and efficient use of materials, tools and equipment will be<br />
an important part of this course.<br />
AT 342 Printmaking II (3). Advanced printmaking course emphasizing personal<br />
artistic growth. Individual problems assigned in a variety of media. Frequent critique,<br />
exploration of advanced techniques and the creation of a cohesive body of work.<br />
Prerequisite: AT 301<br />
AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso (3). Survey of painting, sculpture and Architecture of the<br />
western world c. 1880-1925, including post-Impressionism and cubism.<br />
AT 351 Dali to Abstraction (3). Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture of the<br />
western world c. 1925-1960<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
9<br />
9
AT 370 Foundations in Art Education (3) This course focuses on theoretical,<br />
philosophical, and technological issues in art education. One of its goals will be to help<br />
the student prepare for the State of Michigan certification test. The course will feature<br />
reading in and responses to art education philosophy, and criticism/evaluation of child<br />
art. Students will write a major paper articulating their philosophy of art education<br />
through the K-12 curriculum, taking into account normal, gifted, and special needs<br />
populations. Students will think and write about the role of art in the school curriculum,<br />
and will learn how to become effective advocates for art. The course will examine the<br />
use of technology for the purposes of research, curriculum planning, and classroom art<br />
activities. Students will consider and write about the impact of technology on art content<br />
and the world of art.<br />
AT 372 Elementary Methods In Art Education (3). An introduction to teaching art<br />
in the elementary classroom. Theoretical and practical concepts of teaching art in<br />
the elementary school will be examined. Off campus classroom observations,<br />
demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art education situations<br />
will be required<br />
AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education (3). Theoretical and practical concepts<br />
of teaching art in the junior and senior high school will be examined. Off campus<br />
classroom observations, demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art<br />
education situations will be required. Professional standards in art education will be<br />
introduced and a personal pedagogical approach will be encouraged. A firm<br />
understanding of many studio techniques and extensive knowledge of art history are<br />
required for success in this course and will enrich your experience.<br />
AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education (3). This course focuses on practical<br />
aspects of teaching art in elementary and secondary classrooms. Among topics covered<br />
will be budgeting, procuring art materials, legal issues in Art Education, safety issues<br />
(OSHA standards) for most art materials, proper operation of necessary equipment such<br />
as kilns, setting up and managing a well-designed dedicated art classroom, organizing<br />
and managing a traveling art curriculum, and mounting school exhibitions of student<br />
artworks.<br />
AT 391 Contemporary Art (3) An exploration of the primary currents in the visual arts<br />
from 1945 through the present. Leading figures and artistic currents will be discussed as<br />
will the expanding role of art theory and criticism.<br />
AT 412-417 Painting III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in painting. Individual problems<br />
and directions designed to build strengths in color, composition and individual artistic<br />
direction.<br />
AT 422-427 Sculpture III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in sculpture. Individual<br />
problems and directions designed broaden technical knowledge and foster an individual<br />
artistic direction.<br />
AT 432-437 Ceramics III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in ceramics. Emphasis on<br />
individual solutions to problems in design, clay, glaze composition, forming and firing.<br />
AT 442-447 Printmaking III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in printmaking. Individual<br />
problems and directions will be designed to broaden technical knowledge and foster<br />
artistic growth in an individual direction.<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
10<br />
10
Syllabi See attached syllabi<br />
Faculty<br />
See attached resumes<br />
Technology The Woodhouse Library<br />
The <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> library is organized into the following areas: Administration, Public Services<br />
(Electronic Services, Reference Services, Circulation, Media and Interlibrary Loan), Technical<br />
Services, and Serials [& … Information Literacy]. There are 9.75 staff positions: six librarians,<br />
three support staff and twenty-one student assistants.<br />
One of the most significant recent accomplishments of our library is the installation of Innovative<br />
Interfaces Inc. The automated system is fully integrated and allows for downloading the Online<br />
Computerized Library Center's MARC records into the local database. The system also handles<br />
electronic orders based on records found in the OCLC database. Consequently the Online Public<br />
Access Catalog (OPAC), the electronic card catalog, provides a complete listing of the library's<br />
holdings and their availability.<br />
The Media Department assists faculty in the production of materials for classroom use and<br />
supports student production of materials for classroom presentations. … In 1991 the Media<br />
Department assumed responsibility for the development of a K-12 curriculum materials collection.<br />
Currently the collection has over 386 bibliographic records and 1,707 items. The primary purpose<br />
of the Curriculum materials is to support students in the teacher certification program.<br />
Fall 2002:<br />
Currently, the six librarians each teach three, one credit courses, of Information Literacy to the 340<br />
freshmen. And information Literacy continues to play a significant role in upper level classes.<br />
The Woodhouse Library participates in the OCLC network, Michigan Innovative Users Group,<br />
Interlibrary Loan, and Grand Rapids Area Union List of Serials (GRAULS).<br />
Art areas of the Woodhouse Library contain the following:<br />
Reference Books: 140 Titles<br />
Major sets:<br />
Encyclopedia of World Art<br />
Grove's Dictionary of Art<br />
McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Art<br />
Pelican History of Art<br />
Circulating Books: 4100 Titles<br />
Juvenile Books: 100 Titles<br />
Audio <strong>Visual</strong>: 155 Titles<br />
Periodicals:<br />
African <strong>Arts</strong><br />
The American Art Journal<br />
American Artist<br />
The Art Bulletin<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
11<br />
11
Art in America<br />
Art Journal<br />
Artforum<br />
ARTnews<br />
Burlington Magazine<br />
CAA News<br />
Critical Inquiry<br />
The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism<br />
Leonardo<br />
New Art Examiner<br />
October<br />
School <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Online Indexes and Databases<br />
The Woodhouse Library has the following online indexes and databases:<br />
Full text:<br />
ACS: American Chemical Society Journals<br />
CQ Researcher<br />
eBooks (from Michigan Electronic Library)<br />
EBSCO Online<br />
EthnicNewsWatch<br />
FirstSearch<br />
ATLA Religion Database<br />
ECO (Electronic Journals Online)<br />
WilsonSelect Plus<br />
Grove Dictionary of Art<br />
InfoTrac<br />
Expanded Academic ASAP<br />
Health Reference Center Academic<br />
Kids Edition K-12<br />
GenderWatch<br />
IDEAL (Academic Press)<br />
Lexis Nexis Academic<br />
Lexis Nexis Congressional<br />
Lexis Nexis Statistical<br />
Literature Resource Center<br />
Oxford English Dictionary<br />
Project Muse<br />
ProQuest Direct<br />
Indexes:<br />
Art Abstracts (FirstSearch)<br />
Humanities Abstracts (FirstSearch)<br />
FirstSearch (numerous other databases)<br />
ERIC<br />
MLA<br />
Uses of Technological Resources<br />
In the <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Education <strong>Program</strong><br />
• Students use the computer/projector combination to give class presentations. Most are<br />
familiar with Powerpoint<br />
• Students use a digital camera to photograph artwork and the computer to alter and enhance the<br />
images.<br />
• Students are assigned to acquire visual elements (type, etc.) from the computer to use in their<br />
2-d art projects.<br />
• Students conduct web searches and use online data bases as part of their research for projects<br />
and papers.<br />
• Three of the required Art History courses each have a support web site which houses the<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
12<br />
12
Vocational<br />
Work<br />
Experience<br />
syllabus, detailed directions for assignments, rubrics for assessment, chapter study guides, a<br />
resource page with listing of current web sites and links to some of the best information in<br />
art history on the web. In addition, each support web site has a virtual slide library for<br />
students to use in reviewing images for testing or for class assignments. The virtual slide<br />
library is pass-protected.<br />
• Some sections of AT 161, Art Appreciation, are web based courses. They are technically<br />
hybrid courses which meet twice during the term. The rest of the course, assignments and<br />
learning team projects are conducted on the web, through e-mail and through the discussion<br />
boards.<br />
Not applicable<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
13<br />
13
<strong>Program</strong><br />
Purpose<br />
<strong>Program</strong><br />
Design<br />
<strong>Program</strong><br />
Duration<br />
VIII. Experimental <strong>Program</strong> Description (Rule 53)<br />
Not applicable<br />
Not applicable<br />
Not applicable<br />
IX. Guidelines for Applying for Amendments to Currently Approved<br />
Teacher Preparation <strong>Program</strong>s<br />
Not applicable<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
14<br />
14
Contact Information for <strong>Program</strong> Review Consultants<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
2<br />
Attachment 1<br />
All communication regarding the approval of specialty programs should be addressed to the<br />
following individuals according to content area:<br />
Dr. Ghada Khoury<br />
517-373-1925<br />
khouryg@michigan.gov<br />
Bonnie Rockafellow<br />
517-373-7861<br />
rockafellowb@michigan.gov<br />
Sue Wittick<br />
517-241-0172<br />
witticks@michigan.gov<br />
Chemistry Communication <strong>Arts</strong> Social Studies<br />
Physics Language <strong>Arts</strong> Economics<br />
Earth/Space Science English Geography<br />
Physical Science Speech History<br />
Mathematics Reading Political Science<br />
Agricultural Education Reading specialist Psychology<br />
Family & Consumer Sciences All foreign languages Sociology<br />
Library Media All bilingual education Anthropology<br />
Computer Science Music Education Cultural Studies<br />
Guidance & Counseling Dance Behavioral Studies<br />
Cognitive Impairment English as a Second Language Integrated Science<br />
Speech and Language<br />
Impairment<br />
Humanities Biology<br />
Physical or other Health<br />
Impairment<br />
Academic Study of Religions All business education<br />
Emotional Impairment Philosophy Industrial Technology<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> Impairment Early Childhood Education <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education<br />
Hearing Impairment Health<br />
Learning Disabilities Physical Education<br />
Physical Education for<br />
Students with Disabilities<br />
Recreation<br />
Autism Environmental Studies<br />
Middle Level Educational Technology<br />
Vocational Agriscience and<br />
Natural Resources<br />
Fine <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Vocational Family and<br />
Consumer Sciences<br />
Technology & Design<br />
Vocational Business Services<br />
Vocational Distributive<br />
Education<br />
Vocational Technical<br />
2
AX COMMUNICATION ARTS<br />
BX LANGUAGE ARTS<br />
BA English<br />
BC Journalism<br />
BD Speech<br />
BT Reading<br />
BR Reading Specialist<br />
RX SOCIAL STUDIES<br />
CA Economics<br />
CB Geography<br />
CC History<br />
CD Political Science<br />
SOCIAL SCIENCE*<br />
CE Psychology<br />
CF Sociology<br />
CH Anthropology<br />
CL Cultural Studies<br />
CM Behavioral Studies<br />
DX SCIENCE**<br />
DI INTEGRATED SCIENCE<br />
DA Biology<br />
DC Chemistry<br />
DE Physics<br />
DH Earth/Space Science<br />
DO Astronomy<br />
DP Physical Science<br />
EX MATHEMATICS<br />
FOREIGN LANGUAGE<br />
FA French<br />
FB German<br />
FC Greek<br />
FD Latin<br />
FE Russian<br />
FF Spanish<br />
FG Other<br />
FH Italian<br />
FI Polish<br />
FJ Hebrew<br />
FL Japanese Language and Culture<br />
Michigan Department of Education Endorsement Areas and Codes<br />
August 2002<br />
BILINGUAL EDUCATION<br />
YA Bilingual French<br />
YB Bilingual German<br />
YC Bilingual Greek<br />
YE Bilingual Russian<br />
YF Bilingual Spanish<br />
YH Bilingual Italian<br />
YI Bilingual Polish<br />
YJ Bilingual Hebrew<br />
YK Bilingual Arabic<br />
YL Bilingual Other<br />
YM Bilingual Vietnamese<br />
YN Bilingual Korean<br />
YO Bilingual Yugoslavian<br />
YP Bilingual Chaldean<br />
YR Bilingual Chinese<br />
YS Bilingual Filipino<br />
YT Bilingual Japanese<br />
GX BUSINESS EDUCATION<br />
GA Accounting<br />
GH Business Administration<br />
GI Secretarial Science<br />
GM Distributive Education<br />
HX AGRICULTURAL<br />
EDUCATION<br />
IX INDUSTRIAL<br />
TECHNOLOGY<br />
JX MUSIC EDUCATION<br />
KH FAMILY AND CONSUMER<br />
SCIENCES<br />
LX ART EDUCATION ***<br />
LQ VISUAL ARTS EDUCATION<br />
LZ VISUAL ARTS EDUCATION<br />
SPECIALIST<br />
MX HEALTH, PHYS. ED. AND<br />
RECREATION<br />
MA Health<br />
MB Physical Education<br />
MD Recreation<br />
MH Dance<br />
MISCELLANEOUS<br />
NB National Board Certification<br />
NC Driver and Safety Education<br />
ND Library Media<br />
NJ Environmental Studies<br />
NP Educational Technology<br />
NR Computer Science<br />
NS English as a Second Language<br />
NT Guidance and Counseling<br />
OX FINE ARTS<br />
PX HUMANITIES<br />
PR Academic Study of Religions<br />
PS Philosophy<br />
SPECIAL EDUCATION<br />
SA Cognitive Impairment<br />
SB Speech and Language<br />
Impairment<br />
SC Physical or Other Health<br />
Impairment<br />
SE Emotional Impairment<br />
SK <strong>Visual</strong> Impairment<br />
SL Hearing Impairment<br />
SM Learning Disabilities<br />
SP Physical Education for Students<br />
with Disabilities<br />
SV Autism<br />
TX TECHNOLOGY AND<br />
DESIGN<br />
ZA EARLY CHILDHOOD<br />
EDUCATION ****<br />
ZD MIDDLE SCHOOL ****<br />
ZL MIDDLE LEVEL ****<br />
ZG GENERAL EL K-5 ****<br />
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION<br />
VA Vocational Agriscience and<br />
Natural Resources<br />
VB Vocational Business Services<br />
VD Vocational Distributive<br />
Education<br />
VH Vocational Family and<br />
Consumer Sciences<br />
VT Vocational Technical<br />
Attachment 2<br />
* There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
** The DX endorsement may not be offered to new candidates after the fall semester of the 2003-2004 academic year.<br />
*** The LX endorsement may not be offered to new candidates after the fall semester of the 2002-03 academic year.
Summary of Course Requirements for Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong><br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
3<br />
Attachment 3<br />
(Form XX)<br />
Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Date: 4/05/04<br />
Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong>: LQ<br />
<strong>Program</strong> Standards: SBE 6-12-01 Standards Date: June, 12 2001<br />
<strong>Program</strong> Contact Person(s): Ron Pederson<br />
Course Title (1)<br />
Course<br />
Number<br />
Sem.<br />
Hours<br />
(2)<br />
Secondary (3)<br />
Elementary (3)<br />
K-12 (3)<br />
Maj. Min. Maj. Min. Maj. Min.<br />
Basic Drawing I AT 130 3 X<br />
Basic Drawing II AT 131 3 X<br />
2-D Design AT140 3 X<br />
3-D Design AT141 3 X<br />
New Forms AT 230 3 X<br />
Art Survey I AT 150 3 X<br />
Art Survey II AT 151 3<br />
Van Gogh to Picasso AT 350 3 X<br />
Dali through Abstraction AT 351 3 X<br />
Foundations in Art Education AT 370 3 X<br />
Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education<br />
AT 372 3 X<br />
Secondary methods in Art<br />
Education<br />
AT 374 3 X<br />
Studio Practicum in Art Education AT 376 3 X<br />
Contemporary Art (History) AT 391 3<br />
Studio Art Electives<br />
(including 9 hours in one area)<br />
15 X<br />
Art Department subtotal 57<br />
X<br />
School of Education requirements 39<br />
Total required credit hours 96 X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Additional<br />
Endorsements<br />
(4)<br />
3
Standards for the Preparation of Teachers Attachment 4<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ)<br />
Adopted by the Michigan State Board of Education<br />
June 12, 2001<br />
Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />
4<br />
4
Standards for the Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ Endorsement) and<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education Specialist (LZ Endorsement)<br />
Preface<br />
Development of the Proposal<br />
During 2000-2001, a referent group of professional educators developed a proposal to modify current requirements<br />
for preparation as an art education teacher, create a new graduate-level visual arts education specialist endorsement,<br />
and to adopt standards for the preparation of teachers in these areas. These standards align with standards developed<br />
by the National Art Education Association, the National Association of Schools of Art and Design, and Michigan’s<br />
Content Standards for <strong>Arts</strong> Education.<br />
As summarized in the following comparison chart, the current option for a 24 semester-hour group major, 36<br />
semester-hour group major (or completion of both the group major and minor) would be phased out and replaced by<br />
a 50 semester-hour (minimum) comprehensive, K-12 group major in visual arts education for secondary<br />
certification. With this new, comprehensive group major program, no additional minor would be required. The<br />
comprehensive nature of this new program would ensure adequate preparation of visual arts education teachers for<br />
K-12 classroom assignments.<br />
A new, 68 semester-hour, K-12, visual arts specialist endorsement is also proposed at the graduate level. The 68<br />
semester hours would be cumulative based on prior preparation in visual arts education: if a candidate had<br />
previously completed the new 50-semester hour comprehensive group major, 18 additional graduate-level semester<br />
hours would be required; if a candidate had previously completed a 36 semester-hour group major, 32 additional<br />
semester hours would be required (including 18 semester hours at the graduate level); if a candidate had previously<br />
completed a 24 semester-hour group minor, 44 semester hours would be required (including 18 semester hours at the<br />
graduate level); and if a candidate had previously completed both a 36 semester-hour group major and a 24<br />
semester-hour group minor, 18 additional graduate-level semester hours would be required.<br />
To provide information and gather feedback on the proposal, a copy was forwarded to selected groups/organizations,<br />
all Michigan teacher preparation institutions, and a random sample of intermediate and local school districts for<br />
review and comment. The standards reflect the feedback received.<br />
State Board adoption of these standards mandates the creation of a new certification test for teachers prepared in<br />
visual arts education (LQ). It is anticipated that test development for a new Michigan Test for Teacher Certification<br />
in visual arts education will begin in 2001 and the test will be available for administration in fall 2003. Candidates<br />
completing visual arts education specialist programs will not have to pass an additional MTTC test, unless they have<br />
not been previously endorsed in visual arts education (through completion of LX or LQ programs).
Approval of <strong>Program</strong>s<br />
Teacher preparation institutions that wish to continue to offer programs to prepare visual arts education teachers are<br />
required to submit an application for program approval that demonstrates how the standards for visual arts education<br />
(LQ) are met throughout the proposed curriculum. Following initial approval, the teacher preparation program will<br />
be reviewed every five years through the Periodic Review/<strong>Program</strong> Evaluation process.<br />
Institutions that wish to develop programs to prepare visual arts education specialists may submit applications for<br />
program approval at any time. Approval applications are available on the web:<br />
www.state.mi.us/mde/off/ppc/progapp.doc.<br />
Phase-out of Art Education (LX) Group Majors and Group Minors<br />
The 36 semester-hour art education group major and 24 semester-hour group minor may not be offered to new<br />
candidates after the 2002-03 academic year. Candidates must complete all preparation program requirements,<br />
except for passing the Michigan Test for Teacher Certification (LX test), by June 2006. The last administration of<br />
the MTTC art education (LX) test (for those candidates only) will be in July 2007.
Content Guidelines/Standards Matrix<br />
<strong>College</strong>/University <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Code<br />
Source of<br />
Guidelines/Standards<br />
Michigan State Board of Education, 2001 <strong>Program</strong>/Subject<br />
Area<br />
2<br />
LQ<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education K-12<br />
Comprehensive Group Major<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (LQ) Standards June 12, 2001
Requirements<br />
Candidates for this endorsement are required to have 50 semester hours in a Comprehensive Group Major<br />
comprised of courses in 3 areas:<br />
� 12 semester hours of art education<br />
� 12 semester hours of art/design history, aesthetics, and/or criticism<br />
� 26 semester hours of studio art, to include advanced-level courses in one studio area:<br />
� 18 hours from studio, design, media, or technology and<br />
� 8 hours advanced-level semester hours in one studio area<br />
Notice:<br />
The <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education LQ Comprehensive Group Major is a K-12 endorsement for secondary certificates. Candidates completing this<br />
program will not need to complete a minor before recommendation for certification can be made.<br />
DIRECTIONS: List required courses on matrix and provide additional narrative to explain how standards are met.<br />
If electives are included, they should be clearly indicated. Adjust size of cells as needed.<br />
2<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (LQ) Standards June 12, 2001
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
1.0 Faculty<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />
candidates with faculty who are competent and<br />
committed to preparing future teachers of art <strong>Visual</strong><br />
arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />
faculty who:<br />
.<br />
1.1 hold advanced degrees, have extensive knowledge<br />
and practice in art and art education, and have<br />
demonstrated competence in teaching K-12 for at<br />
least three years.<br />
1.2 demonstrate a thorough understanding of<br />
comprehensive art education and familiarity with the<br />
complex relationships among the disciplines<br />
demonstrated in the art of today and the past; to<br />
include art making, art and design history, art<br />
criticism, aesthetics, visual, and cultural studies and<br />
media literacy.<br />
1.3 remain active in the profession through their<br />
participation in professional art and art education<br />
associations at the local, state, and national levels.<br />
The person we will seek to teach the Art Education courses will hold an<br />
advanced degree in Art Education and will have at least three years of K-12 art<br />
experience, preferably more. Though two art department faculty members have<br />
experience teaching in high school, the department will depend on the new<br />
part-time Art Education faculty for true and current expertise in K-12 art<br />
education theory and practice.<br />
The <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art faculty is strong in this regard. It is a large department<br />
considering the student population of the <strong>College</strong>. With varied educational<br />
backgrounds, almost-uniform attainment of terminal degrees, and varied<br />
personal approaches to art-making or art scholarship, the faculty offers <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
Art majors a rich mix of knowledge, experience, and convictions. In that<br />
context, all students including K-12 candidates are given an excellent<br />
opportunity to achieve their maximum potential as artists.<br />
The faculty is active in professional associations. Institutional memberships<br />
include the <strong>College</strong> Art Association and NAEA/MAEA. Individual<br />
memberships include CAA, Foundations in Art Theory and Education, the<br />
International Sculpture Center, American Craft Council, and the National<br />
Association of Independent Artists, all national organizations. Locally and<br />
regionally members of the faculty are involved in such organizations as<br />
Michigan Potters Guild, the Urban Institute for Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong> and in<br />
Grand Valley Artists. The <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Department will seek an art education<br />
instructor who is an active member of state and national art education<br />
organizations.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
3
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate<br />
for learning both within the higher education<br />
classroom and the art educational settings for which<br />
their students are being prepared. They<br />
continuously plan and implement instruction as a<br />
series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />
prepare students to do the same in their own<br />
classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of<br />
student learning within art education.<br />
The art curriculum has developed sequentially, beginning with building in the<br />
student a solid foundation in basic drawing (one year), 2d and 3d<br />
composition(one year), photography and new forms(one year), the latter of<br />
which exposes the student to post-formal conceptualization, and two years of<br />
art history surveys. Upon that foundation, the student begins to make choices<br />
appropriate to his or her inclinations and gifts as an artist. The curriculum as a<br />
whole is thus sequential, as it is within each course, where increasingly<br />
complex skills and knowledge are introduced, mastered, and integrated into the<br />
art-making process. The process serves as a model which can be followed, with<br />
age-appropriate adjustments, in the curricula and courses our students will<br />
design and teach.<br />
Each of the courses lay out clear expectations and standards for evaluation of<br />
individual artworks and of student performance. The Art Faculty conducts<br />
semester reviews, annual competitive exhibitions, and annual competitions for<br />
scholarships. Collectively, they are program assessment tools that provide<br />
information on the solidity of the program, and suggestions on how<br />
components of the program might be improved.<br />
Assessment is also an important component in all studio, art history and art<br />
education courses. Assessment tools used in class include papers, research<br />
projects, quizzes, mid-term and final exams, design analysis papers, individual<br />
critiques, group critiques, student led critiques, observations, and lesson plans.<br />
In all courses, students are involved in and take leadership roles in selfassessment<br />
and in the assessment of peers’ work.<br />
Core courses in education introduce and define assessment. Art Education<br />
courses relate assessment to teaching visual problem solving. Studio courses<br />
require the student to assess his own art and the art of others. Student teaching<br />
caps this experience.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
4
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates<br />
while encouraging them to also assess their own<br />
teaching and learning.<br />
1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of<br />
clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the<br />
realities of the classroom and a sensitivity toward<br />
both developing art education students and<br />
cooperating teachers in the schools which includes<br />
access to diverse and alternative educational settings<br />
such as museums, community centers, and afterschool<br />
programs.<br />
Art Education candidates, as Art majors, participate fully in the Art Department<br />
classes, reviews, competitions, and exhibitions noted above. One of the<br />
strengths of the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art program is rooted in its relatively small student<br />
population. Faculty members learn to know the students very well. Each faculty<br />
member usually has more than one class with each Art major. The result is, the<br />
student’s progress from semester to semester can be monitored. Art faculty<br />
members are also very aware of the artwork students are doing in other studio<br />
classes. The environment is thus one of both awareness of student progress and<br />
encouragement to student growth. Another facet of the program that encourages<br />
self-assessment is an excellent exhibitions and visiting artist program, which<br />
exposes Art students to excellent professional examples, and gives each student<br />
the opportunity to compare his or her own work to a professional standard.<br />
This criterion is met most directly through supervised school placements that<br />
are part of EN 201 Introduction to Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in<br />
Art Education, AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, EN 495 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498, Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School.<br />
The <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> School of Education monitors placements to ensure a<br />
diverse and well rounded clinical experience. Students experience public and<br />
private classrooms, affluent and under- funded classrooms, majority and<br />
minority classrooms.<br />
Additionally, the course plans for many studio art courses incorporate museum,<br />
gallery and not for profit institution visits and experiences.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
5
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
1.8 are committed to learning about, furthering and<br />
modeling the innovative use of computer technology<br />
within the field as both an art medium and as a tool<br />
for communication, research, and instructional<br />
purposes.<br />
1.9 are cognizant of the research within art education;<br />
either as contributors to the research enterprise,<br />
participants in research studies, or as consumers of<br />
research.<br />
1.10 take advantage of faculty educational opportunities<br />
that can enhance their professional lives.<br />
2.0<br />
Content<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs focus on<br />
the content of the visual arts<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />
provide and require:<br />
2.1 significant coursework in the processes of art<br />
making that involve:<br />
Art Department courses in which the use of computers is a structured<br />
component are AT 140 2d Design, AT 141 3d Design, AT 212 Photography I,<br />
AT 230 New Forms, AT 341 Printmaking, and in all the Art History courses,<br />
wherein the computer is used as a tool for research. Through ARTSTOR, all<br />
Art History classes use on-line images in classroom lectures. AT 370<br />
Foundations in Art Education, systematically examines the impact of the<br />
computer on the world of art, use of the computer as a classroom tool for<br />
manipulating imagery, as a means of connecting with the art education<br />
community, as a tool for curriculum-building, and as a tool for scholarly<br />
research.<br />
Additionally, <strong>Aquinas</strong> requires three one hour courses in computer technology<br />
that are chosen with the student’s major in mind.<br />
For cognizance of specific research within the field of Art Education as it<br />
pertains to K-12, the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Department will depend on the Art Education<br />
specialist that will be hired when this proposal is accepted. As continually<br />
active artists and scholars, the Art faculty can legitimately lay claim to being<br />
consumers of research, always expecting to apply pertinent insights to teaching.<br />
Art Department members consistently participate in national and regional<br />
conferences, department trips to Chicago and Detroit, and sabbatical leaves to<br />
foster growth as artists.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
6
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches. AT 130 Basic Drawing I, and AT 131 Basic Drawing II, are part of the<br />
foundation, and include instruction in traditional drawing media as well as<br />
application of compositional theory learned in AT 140 2-D Design, and AT 141<br />
3d Design. Nearly all the upper level studio courses are taught traditionally,<br />
with a thorough grounding in technical and visual aspects of a particular<br />
medium preceding personal expression. Process is emphasized. The artwork<br />
and visual idea produced is the result of process.<br />
All art history courses define and explore how traditional studio methods were<br />
used in the time period covered, and how that use has changed over time<br />
2.1.2 contemporary studio approaches. AT 230 New Forms, addresses most intentionally a postmodern, post-formal<br />
way of approaching art-making. It begins with a concept, employs research and<br />
structured thinking to develop the concept and to choose the most appropriate<br />
way to convey the idea. Only then is the artwork produced. Physical process is<br />
sublimated to conceptual process, and non-traditional uses of photography and<br />
video are frequently used. If students find that a concept-driven approach<br />
works best for them, they have the freedom to use it in the advanced levels of<br />
any studio class, such as Sculpture II, Painting II, Printmaking II, etc.<br />
If computer technology is still considered to be in the category of contemporary<br />
approaches to art, it is pertinent to state here that computer technology is<br />
incorporated into several studio classes including AT 140 2d Design, AT 141<br />
3d Design, AT 212 Photography, AT 230 New Forms, and AT341 Printmaking.<br />
All studio instructors are current and active artists, interested in achieving a<br />
balance between our filial heritage as artists and our desire to produce art work<br />
of contemporary significance. Our teaching is informed by that dynamic. Thus<br />
our Art majors, including K-12 Art Education students, are fully exposed to<br />
that “contemporary” goal.<br />
2.2 Comprehensive studio experiences that develop<br />
basic concepts and skills related to:<br />
2.2.1 creative processes. All our studio courses model criterion 2.2.1. Any studio course utilizes the<br />
creative principle—a dependence on an investigative process with materials,<br />
images, or ideas, begun without foreknowledge of the eventual outcome, ended<br />
with delight at unexpected insights gained or fresh imagery attained.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
7
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
2.2.2 organizational structures. AT 140 2d Design and AT 141 3d Design most explicitly address the<br />
organization or composition of artwork. Knowledge gained in those foundation<br />
courses regarding pictorial or sculptural organization is incorporated into all<br />
other studio art courses.<br />
2.2.3 techniques. AT 130 Basic Drawing I, AT 131 Basic Drawing II, AT 201 Life Drawing, and<br />
AT 202 Advanced Drawing teach the tools and techniques of drawing. All<br />
advanced studio classes teach the tools, materials, and techniques of ceramics,<br />
painting, photography, printmaking, and sculpture, respectively.<br />
2.2.4 expressive content. By the time students begin taking upper level studio art classes, they have been<br />
grounded in sound technical and compositional skills. That grounding provides<br />
the strong foundation that allows further exploration as students seek their<br />
personal “voice” as artists. The pedagogy in each advanced studio course<br />
includes opportunity and encouragement for students to take risks and push<br />
their personal envelopes. Thus, they learn the value of expressive content in<br />
their own and others’ artwork. Knowledge gained through studio experiences is<br />
amplified and underscored through the study of art historical examples, both in<br />
studio lecture situations and in every art history course.<br />
2.2.5 social functions. AT 230 New Forms includes instruction regarding the social implications of<br />
Postmodernism. AT 372 Elementary Methods of Art Education, AT 374<br />
Secondary Methods of Art Education, and AT 370, Foundations in Art<br />
Education all deal with the philosophy of art education and the rationale for and<br />
place of art in a school curriculum. Part of the justification for art in a school<br />
curriculum is the function of visual art in society.<br />
2.2.6 communicative qualities. AT 140 2-D Design directly addresses communicative qualities by stressing the<br />
value of formal clarity in design. AT 230 New Forms stresses the need to<br />
effectively communicate an idea through visual imagery.<br />
Art History methodology includes a discussion of the communicative aspects of<br />
examples of art in each historical period.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
8
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge. AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, emphasizes knowledge of OSHA<br />
safety standards for all materials used, safe studio practices, and environmental<br />
responsibility based on that knowledge. Operation of machines and kilns is also<br />
included in the Studio Practicum curriculum. Each upper level studio course<br />
includes technical instruction regarding the material(s) and tools used in that<br />
course.<br />
2.3 Coursework in art history which encompasses:<br />
2.3.1 western art and artists from historical perspectives. This is systematically addressed in AT 150 Survey of Art History I and AT 151<br />
Survey of Art History II. Further, all studio courses make extensive use of our<br />
video, DVD, book and slide collections.<br />
2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary<br />
perspectives.<br />
2.3.3 non-western art and artists from historical<br />
perspectives.<br />
2.3.4 non-western art and artists from contemporary<br />
perspectives.<br />
This is systematically addressed in the required art history course AT 351 Dali<br />
to Abstraction. It is more directly addressed in an AT391 Contemporary Art.<br />
Instruction in all upper level studio courses includes slide lectures covering<br />
contemporary artists in each medium. AT230 New Forms includes lecture and<br />
discussion regarding Postmodern thought as it relates to visual art.<br />
Non-western art is a significant component in AT150 Survey of Art History I<br />
and AT151 Survey of Art History II. All <strong>Aquinas</strong> students are also required to<br />
take six hours in Humanities, GE201 and GE202, which cover non-western art<br />
in survey fashion.<br />
Contemporary non-western art is discussed in AT351 Dali through Abstraction<br />
and AT391 Contemporary Art. All <strong>Aquinas</strong> students are also required to take<br />
six hours in Humanities, GE201 and GE202, the second of which introduces<br />
selected examples of contemporary non-western art.<br />
2.3.5 design history. The history of design is included in AT150 Survey of Art History I and AT151<br />
Survey of Art History II. It is more fully discussed in AT350 Van Gogh to<br />
Picasso and AT351 Dali through Abstraction, with particular attention given to<br />
the impact of the Bauhaus on design history. AT140 2d Design also includes<br />
instruction in design history.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
9
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
2.3.6 cultural studies. The required art history courses AT150, Survey of Art History I, AT151<br />
Survey of Art History II, AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through<br />
Abstraction, and AT 391 Contemporary Art, all consider art historical examples<br />
within the appropriate cultural context. Required Humanities courses GE 201<br />
and 202 do so also.<br />
2.3.7 media literacy. If this refers to literary media such as art journals, all required Art History<br />
courses AT150 Survey of Art History I, AT151 Survey of Art History II,<br />
AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT35 Dali through Abstraction, and<br />
AT391Contemporary Art, include research components and instruction that<br />
builds familiarity with library holdings of art history journals and on-line media<br />
resources.<br />
If this refers to the materials of art, required Art History courses AT150 Survey<br />
of Art History I, AT151 Survey of Art History II, AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso,<br />
AT351 Dali through Abstraction, and AT391 Contemporary Art all include<br />
discussion of the relationship between images being studied and the medium<br />
and related processes that were used to create the image. Art historical<br />
instruction includes visiting museums to examine actual works of art for the<br />
purpose of studying all aspects including the relationship of media used to<br />
image produced.<br />
2.3.8 gender studies. Required Art History courses AT150 Survey of Art History I, AT151 Survey of<br />
Art History II, AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through Abstraction,<br />
and AT391 Contemporary Art, all include consideration of the work of women.<br />
Since most early historical surveys have much more documentation of the work<br />
of male artists than that of female artists, gender issues are more prevalent in<br />
the 300 level survey courses, as well as in 391 Contemporary Art. AT230 New<br />
Forms, examines the role of feminism in the development of Postmodernism.<br />
2.4 Introductory level of aesthetic knowledge which<br />
encompasses:<br />
2.4.1 major traditional theories of art and design. All studio courses and all required art history courses AT 150 Art Survey I,<br />
AT151 Art Survey II, AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso, and AT351 Dali through<br />
Abstraction, explore traditional theories of art and design. Among the studio<br />
courses, AT140 2d Design most explicitly studies design theory.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
10
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design. AT212 Photography I, AT230 New Forms, AT 351 Dali through Abstraction,<br />
and AT391 Contemporary Art directly address contemporary theories of art and<br />
design.<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art. Students are exposed to a variety of theories, both in lecture classes and in<br />
studio classes. For example AT140 2d Design provides instruction in formal<br />
design theory, while AT 230 New Forms emphasizes post-formal design<br />
theory. In upper level classes, an atmosphere is created in which students have<br />
the freedom to use the approach which has proven to be most effective for<br />
them.<br />
2.5 Introductory level of art and design criticism that<br />
prepares students to:<br />
2.5.1 make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art<br />
and design from a variety of theoretical<br />
perspectives.<br />
AT140 2d Design requires written and oral design analysis based upon formal<br />
criteria. AT150 Survey of Art History I, AT151 Survey of Art History II, AT<br />
350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through Abstraction, and AT391<br />
Contemporary Art, combine historical, cultural, and biographical criteria with<br />
formal criteria in evaluating art, primarily in written work. AT230 New Forms<br />
encourages a consideration of conceptual and feminist theory in evaluating art<br />
work, primarily in the context of critique. Upper level studio courses, the 200<br />
and 300 level courses, require students to make analytical and interpretative<br />
evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical perspectives. This<br />
becomes most evident in critiques and class discussions.<br />
2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms. Perhaps the most important activity in all studio courses is the class critique. By<br />
verbalizing their evaluative thoughts regarding other students’ art work and<br />
listening to comments regarding their own, students move intuitive knowledge<br />
into a more concrete, conscious mode, and increase the likelihood they will be<br />
effective communicators when they become teachers. Many studio classes and<br />
all art history classes require written analytical and evaluative work.<br />
2.6 Experiences for candidates in presenting art<br />
according to the developmental levels of students<br />
that involve:<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
11
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
2.6.1 traditional methods of presentation. Students are exposed to traditional methods of presentation throughout their<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> experience. Art History and studio courses involve visits to galleries,<br />
museums, and alternative exhibition spaces. Students learn to make use of<br />
traditional methods of presentation in all studio courses, and are required, in<br />
their senior year to participate in the annual student art exhibition, which they<br />
hang themselves. A large majority of our students participate in the annual<br />
student exhibition each of their four or five years.<br />
AT212 Photography students are required to set up an exhibition of their work<br />
each semester.<br />
EN495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary Schools, and EN498 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Secondary Schools, often include opportunities for the<br />
student to mount in-school or in-classroom exhibitions of student work.<br />
AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education includes instruction and practice in<br />
organizing and setting up exhibitions of student work.<br />
2.6.2 contemporary methods of presentation. AT212 Photography and AT230 New Forms employ unusual forms of<br />
presentation such as projecting images on to buildings, using videos, doing<br />
performance art, or utilizing computer presentation software.<br />
2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional<br />
responses to the meaning and nature of students’<br />
own artwork and the artwork of others.<br />
As noted in 2.5.2, class critiques are a significant part of all studio classes. In<br />
studio classes, a contemplative atmosphere is established. Students are<br />
encouraged to recognize their gut-level responses, and to understand through<br />
reflection, why they respond in a particular way. It is a cognitive process<br />
through which students become more self-aware, and which prepares them to<br />
guide their future students through a similar process.<br />
Reflective writing in response to works of art is a component of AT140 2d<br />
Design, AT141 3d Design, AT230 New Forms, AT370 Foundations of Art<br />
Education, AT372 Elementary Methods of Art Education, AT374 Secondary<br />
Methods of Art Education, AT150 Art History Survey I, AT151 Art History<br />
Survey II, AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through Abstraction, and<br />
all art history electives.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
12
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.0 Theory, Practice, and Research<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />
teacher candidates with a thorough knowledge of<br />
theory, practice, and research in the field of art<br />
education.<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />
provide and require:<br />
3.1 Coursework on theories of art education that:<br />
3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing<br />
theories.<br />
3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent<br />
and philosophical positions in relationship to<br />
contemporary art education.<br />
3.2 Coursework on the roles for art in general education<br />
that:<br />
3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and<br />
social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />
education.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education introduce<br />
historical developments as well as theoretical and philosophical issues in Art<br />
Education.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, includes a comprehensive, in depth<br />
consideration of art education theory, and requires the student to develop a<br />
substantial articulation, both orally and in writing, of a personal K-12 art<br />
education philosophy. AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and<br />
AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, discuss aesthetics and art<br />
education theory, as well as practical application of theory in elementary and<br />
secondary classrooms.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, all include<br />
instruction and discussion of rationale for including art in the school<br />
curriculum. This is also a component of EN 201 Introduction to Education,<br />
EN411 History of Modern Education, EN415 Philosophy of Education, EN495<br />
Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student<br />
Teaching, Secondary School.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
13
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal<br />
philosophical position concerning the relevance and<br />
importance of art in education.<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt<br />
interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />
component.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, all require the<br />
student to develop a personal art education philosophy, and include instruction<br />
in arts advocacy. This is also a theme through several School of Education<br />
courses including EN201 Introduction to Education, EN406 <strong>Application</strong> of<br />
Learning Theories for Elementary Classroom Teachers, EN408 <strong>Application</strong> of<br />
Learning Theories for Secondary Classroom Teachers, EN 495 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, include<br />
instruction and development exercises for interdisciplinary curricula. EN 495,<br />
Directed Student Teaching, Elementary Schools, and EN 498, Directed Student<br />
Teaching, Secondary Schools, provide practical experiences in that regard.<br />
School of Education courses that help meet this criterion are EN 406<br />
<strong>Application</strong>s of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408<br />
<strong>Application</strong>s of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, and EN 453<br />
Methods of Secondary Education.<br />
3.3 Opportunities to develop art education instruction<br />
that responds to the specific interests, abilities, and<br />
needs of all students, including students with special<br />
needs, and address:<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development. Education courses that address this criterion include EN 201 Introduction to<br />
Education, EN 302 Educational Psychology, EN 304 Human Growth and<br />
Development, EN390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, EN 406 <strong>Application</strong><br />
of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of<br />
Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, EN461 Inclusion, EN495 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education necessarily<br />
include structured consideration of this criterion in the process of helping<br />
students develop their personal philosophy of art education.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
14
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.3.2 educational pedagogy. Addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary<br />
Methods in Art Education, AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education,<br />
AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, EN 201 Introduction to Education,<br />
EN390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, EN461 Inclusion, EN 495 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Elementary School, EN 498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School.<br />
3.4 Thorough understanding of social, emotional, and<br />
physical development as it relates to:<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities. Education courses that address this criterion include EN 302 Educational<br />
Psychology, EN 304 Human Growth and Development, and EN390 Teaching<br />
the Gifted and Talented. It is also a component of AT370 Foundations in Art<br />
Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374,<br />
Secondary Methods in Art Education.<br />
3.4.2 artistic production. AT 370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, and AT376 Studio<br />
Practicum in Art Education, all address the issue of age and developmentally<br />
appropriate expectations regarding the art that children are capable of<br />
producing.<br />
3.4.3 Aesthetic response. Education courses that address this criterion include EN302 Educational<br />
Psychology, EN304 Human Growth and Development and EN390 Teaching<br />
the Gifted and Talented. It is also addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art<br />
Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374,<br />
Secondary Methods in Art Education.<br />
3.4.4 critical thinking. Education courses that address this criterion include EN 302 Educational<br />
Psychology, EN 304 Human Growth and Development, and EN390 Teaching<br />
the Gifted and Talented. AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372<br />
Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374, Secondary Methods in Art<br />
Education all include instruction in what can be expected in particular age and<br />
ability groups, with regard to critical thinking.<br />
3.5 Thorough understanding of special populations,<br />
including:<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
15
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps. This is addressed in EN461 Inclusion. In AT370 Foundations in Art Education,<br />
AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education and AT374 Secondary Methods<br />
in Art Education, the issue is addressed as part of the discussion of learning<br />
theory as it applies to the art classroom.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a<br />
variety of special needs.<br />
3.5.3 access to school and community resources to<br />
support these students.<br />
3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for<br />
supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />
3.6 Varied opportunities for the candidates to have<br />
supervised experiences in classroom settings prior to<br />
the traditional student teaching experience. These<br />
should:<br />
3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as,<br />
community settings with a variety of cultural and<br />
economic levels.<br />
All the Art Education classes include discussion and instruction on this issue, as<br />
do EN 390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, and EN 461 Inclusion. EN 495<br />
Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed Student<br />
Teaching, Secondary School, provide practical experiences as special needs<br />
students are often mainstreamed into art classrooms.<br />
AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education includes elements relating to the use<br />
of community resources for special needs students. This standard is addressed<br />
in EN461 Inclusion. Exposure to school and community resources to help<br />
special needs students is provided through EN495 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary Schools.<br />
This is addressed in EN 461 Inclusion, AT 370 Foundations of Art Education,<br />
AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT 374 Secondary<br />
Methods in Art Education.<br />
Classroom visits prior to Directed Student Teaching are a structured part of<br />
EN201 Introduction to Education, AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT<br />
372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education. For any given<br />
student, the visits in those five classes are monitored to insure exposure to a<br />
variety of settings.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
16
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a<br />
variety of populations, including those with special<br />
needs.<br />
3.7 Coursework in art education curriculum and<br />
instruction which:<br />
3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art<br />
curricula that reflect national, state, and local<br />
standards using a variety of instructional formats.<br />
Both AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374 Secondary<br />
Methods in Art Education, require the student to prepare and teach an art lesson<br />
in an elementary and a secondary classroom, respectively. School assignments<br />
are made with variety in mind, so students can experience and compare<br />
contrasting school demographics. In assigning schools for Directed Student<br />
Teaching (EN 495 and EN 498), the School of Education also strives to give<br />
the student two contrasting experiences.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, and AT376 Studio<br />
Practicum in Art Education, all contribute to the development of practical art<br />
curricula that reflect published standards. AT370 is weighted toward the<br />
theoretical and philosophical, and uses reading, research (including on-line<br />
research), and writing primarily. The methods courses seek to balance theory<br />
and its application. The Studio Practicum emphasizes the practical logistics<br />
needed to establish a classroom environment wherein a planned lesson can be<br />
successfully delivered.<br />
EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, and EN408<br />
<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, provide opportunity<br />
to the candidate to write curricula. EN 495 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary School,<br />
provide the opportunity to apply lessons written in 406 and 408 in a supervised,<br />
hands-on, sustained teaching experiences.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
17
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current<br />
teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />
appropriate for various educational settings and<br />
levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments<br />
conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />
and the open exchange of ideas.<br />
Since the field assignments in EN201 Introduction to Education are disciplinespecific,<br />
the course initiates students in the practical aspects of combining<br />
curricula with materials and resources.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, directly address<br />
this standard in the classroom, and provide field experience that underscores<br />
and amplifies this knowledge. AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />
includes practical instruction regarding materials and resources. EN 406<br />
<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408<br />
<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers , and EN453<br />
Methods of Secondary Education address this standard. EN495 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School, provide substantial field experiences that apply theory in<br />
practical pedagogy, including age-appropriateness in both lessons and<br />
materials, and knowledge and information regarding resources.<br />
AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, most directly addresses the<br />
establishment of a workable physical classroom environment. The other three<br />
Art Education courses address the issue of establishing a successful intellectual<br />
and psychological classroom atmosphere that is conducive to learning.<br />
EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408<br />
<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers , and EN453<br />
Methods of Secondary Education address this standard. Directed Student<br />
Teaching provides two examples—Elementary and Secondary—of functioning<br />
classroom environments. Ideally those environments will be good models for<br />
the students. But even if the classroom environments are poor examples,<br />
students have an opportunity to learn, through analysis of the situation and<br />
reflective writing, how to avoid similar mistakes when they begin their own<br />
teaching careers.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
18
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment<br />
methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of<br />
student work, their own teaching, and their art<br />
program as a whole.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their<br />
practice of art education.<br />
3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the<br />
field of art education.<br />
3.8 Continuing self-evaluation and emphasize the<br />
importance of professional development as an<br />
essential component of effective teaching.<br />
Candidates:<br />
The underpinning for such knowledge as it relates to assessment of student<br />
work is the student’s own particular education and growth as an artist and as a<br />
scholar.<br />
The standard is more specifically addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art<br />
Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374<br />
Secondary Methods in Art Education, which cover all levels of assessment—<br />
student work, teaching, and programs.<br />
Reflective, responsive, and analytical thinking is intrinsic to all the disciplines.<br />
Students entering the Education program have already demonstrated their<br />
capability in that sense through general coursework. EN201 Introduction to<br />
Education utilizes reflective writing assignments in response to education<br />
issues in general and to specific field settings, which for Art Education majors<br />
are in art classrooms. EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary<br />
Teachers, EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers,<br />
EN495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Secondary School, provide opportunities and requirements<br />
for structured reflective writing about their experience in the teaching of art.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />
Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education all directly address<br />
this standard.<br />
This standard is specifically addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art Education,<br />
AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods<br />
in Art Education.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
19
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to<br />
reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />
throughout their preparation.<br />
3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and<br />
collegial dialogue contributes to professional<br />
growth.<br />
3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and<br />
resources for on-going professional development<br />
throughout their teaching career.<br />
4.0<br />
Facilities<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />
training in facilities and management appropriate to<br />
the field of art education.<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />
provide and require:<br />
<strong>College</strong>-wide, structured reflective writing assignments are a normal part of<br />
most scholarly courses the student will take. It is an explicit part of EN201<br />
Introduction to Education, wherein students write and participate in discussions<br />
in response to their field experiences. The same is true of AT372 Elementary<br />
Methods of Art Education and AT374 Secondary Methods of Art Education.<br />
EN406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, and EN408<br />
<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, continue an<br />
ongoing project, the portfolio, that is begun in EN201 and reaches its<br />
culmination in the seminars that are a part of EN495 Directed Student<br />
Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School. One of the primary purposes of the portfolio project<br />
spanning several semesters is for students to reflect on their process of learning<br />
to teach through academic and clinical experiences.<br />
In all the courses mentioned in 3.8.1, reflective writing is accompanied by<br />
discussion with fellow students, instructors, and supervising teachers. Through<br />
experiencing such dialogue, students come to appreciate its value in their<br />
growth and improvement as teachers.<br />
Concerning the profession of teaching, this criterion is addressed in AT370<br />
Foundations in Art Education, and in AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art<br />
Education.<br />
Concerning the profession of being an artist, which keeps teaching fresh, the<br />
student is exposed in upper level studio art courses to a continual growth goal,<br />
taught and modeled by the Art faculty.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
20
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art<br />
classroom/environment in which safe and effective<br />
art instruction can take place with consideration for<br />
space utilization, storage of materials, equipment,<br />
and student work.<br />
4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and<br />
classroom setting including knowledge of<br />
developmentally appropriate and safe art materials<br />
and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and<br />
disposal.<br />
4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student<br />
is hurt in the art room.<br />
4.4 training in classroom budget management and the<br />
acquisition of financial, human, and material<br />
resources which includes fund raising and grant<br />
writing.<br />
5.0 Advocacy<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />
training in advocacy.<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />
provide and require:<br />
5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education<br />
programs in the media.<br />
This criterion is explicitly addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art<br />
Education, as well as in EN406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for<br />
Elementary Teachers, and EN408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for<br />
Secondary Teachers.<br />
EN 495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Secondary School, provide an opportunity for the student to<br />
see and evaluate specific aspects of two functioning classroom environments.<br />
This is specifically addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />
This is addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />
Orientation to emergency procedures in a given school is a normal part of EN<br />
495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed<br />
Student Teaching, Secondary School.<br />
These issues are addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />
This is touched upon in AT370 Foundations in Art Education, in the context of<br />
considering the function of art, and of specific art programs, in a community<br />
and in a school. AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, looks at function of<br />
surveys and publicity in discussing strategies for effective community relations.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
21
Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />
K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and<br />
outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />
school administrators, the board of education,<br />
parents, community members, and state and national<br />
legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in<br />
education and in society.<br />
6.0<br />
Educational Law<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />
students access to resources on educational law.<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />
provide and require:<br />
6.1 access to resources on educational law to include–<br />
tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe<br />
use of materials, and school finance.<br />
AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods of Art<br />
Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, treat this standard<br />
theoretically as students are required to develop their own philosophy of art<br />
education. It has to be developed in the context of all levels of the school and<br />
community, and prepares future teachers to be effective advocates, including<br />
electronic media advocacy. This standard is also addressed in EN406<br />
<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers and EN408<br />
<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers.<br />
AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, EN 495 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary School,<br />
provide and model practical, supervised experiences that include<br />
communication with the various levels noted above.<br />
This standard is covered in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />
*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />
**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />
teaching certificate.<br />
22
Instructional Faculty<br />
23<br />
23<br />
Attachment 5<br />
Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Date: SEP 14, 2004<br />
Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong>: LQ Certification/Endorsement CODE: LQ<br />
Please include all faculty teaching the courses shown on the Summary of Course Requirements for Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong> (Attachment 3),<br />
including those who may be temporary or non-tenure stream.<br />
Courses<br />
Art<br />
history<br />
electives<br />
AT391<br />
Faculty Member<br />
Joseph P. Becherer<br />
Highest<br />
Degree in this<br />
Specialty Area,<br />
Indicating<br />
Study Focus and<br />
Research Area<br />
MFA, Ph.D.<br />
M.F.A., Sculpture<br />
Ph.D., Art History<br />
Specialties:<br />
Renaissance and<br />
Baroque Art<br />
Professional Development<br />
Experience in the Last<br />
3 Years<br />
Curator of Sculpture, Frederik<br />
Meijer Gardens and Sculpture<br />
Park. Monographs on<br />
Richard Hunt (2001), Philip<br />
Grausman (2001), and Sir<br />
Anthony Caro (2003)<br />
Continued next page<br />
Familiarity<br />
with<br />
K-12<br />
Curriculum<br />
Framework<br />
and<br />
MEAP<br />
Assessment<br />
Special Awards and<br />
Recognition<br />
Governor’s Special<br />
Achievement Award for Art<br />
and Culture, for curatorial<br />
efforts culminating in<br />
Perugino: Master of the<br />
Italian Renaissance, 1998.<br />
and others<br />
P-12<br />
Collaborative<br />
Work
AT 130,<br />
AT 121,<br />
AT230<br />
AT 140,<br />
AT 141,<br />
AT 321<br />
Dana Freeman MFA, Photography,<br />
Drawing, Video,<br />
Performance Art<br />
Installation<br />
Kurt Kaiser MFA, Three<br />
Dimensional Art<br />
AT331 Madeline<br />
Kaczmarczyk<br />
AT 150,<br />
AT151,<br />
AT350,<br />
AT351<br />
Marie Celeste<br />
Miller<br />
BA plus 30 years as<br />
professional ceramist<br />
Ph.D. Art and<br />
Literature<br />
Lectures, Kendall <strong>College</strong> of<br />
Art&Design, Grand Rapids, and<br />
Australian Catholic University,<br />
Brisbane, Australia.<br />
Solo Exhibitions at Central<br />
Michigan University and<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
Member, <strong>Arts</strong> Council of Grand<br />
Rapids.<br />
Presentation at F.A.T.E.<br />
Conference, 2001, exhibits<br />
regularly at regional and national<br />
venues including Frederik<br />
Meijer Gardens, Grand Rapids,<br />
MI, St. Vincent Gallery,<br />
Latrobe, PA, Dominican Center,<br />
Grand Rapids MI<br />
Owns and operates business as a<br />
successful ceramic artist. Many<br />
regional and national exhibitions<br />
each year, as well as coverage in<br />
publications such as Ceramics<br />
Monthly.<br />
Paper presented at Michigan<br />
Potters Association Regional<br />
Conference, Grand Valley State<br />
University (2001).<br />
Ongoing research in non-leaded<br />
glaze formulation for classroom<br />
use.<br />
Focus for the last several years<br />
has been the integration of<br />
technology into the teaching of<br />
art history. Developed webbased<br />
course and has mastered<br />
the use of a new web-based<br />
image-delivery system.<br />
24<br />
Sabbatical leave to travel to<br />
Australia for study and<br />
research, and to prepare a<br />
sabbatical exhibition,<br />
“Landscape for the Newly<br />
Born.”<br />
24
AT370<br />
AT372<br />
AT374<br />
AT376<br />
AT140,<br />
AT 141,<br />
AT 321,<br />
AT 130,<br />
AT 131,<br />
AT 201<br />
AT 341<br />
Position to be<br />
filled: Adjunct<br />
Associate Professor<br />
of Art Education<br />
Ron Pederson<br />
Advanced degree in<br />
Art Education, plus at<br />
least three years<br />
experience teaching<br />
K-12 art.<br />
MFA, Sculpture<br />
Stephen Schousen MFA, Printmaking<br />
and Drawing<br />
Membership in MAEA/NAEA.<br />
Practicing sculptor and exhibitor<br />
(see resume).<br />
Juror and lecturer locally and in<br />
statewide venues including<br />
Michigan Education Association<br />
Annual High School<br />
Competitive Exhibit1ion<br />
Regular exhibitor at LaFontsee<br />
Gallery, Grand Rapids.<br />
AT 311 Sharon Sandberg MFA, Painting Local and regional lecturer on<br />
art (see resume). Regular<br />
exhibitor at LaFontsee Gallery<br />
25<br />
Familiar w/ K-<br />
12 curriculum<br />
and MEAP<br />
assessment.<br />
Awarded sabbatical leave to<br />
make sculpture and produce<br />
sabbatical exhibit, “Evidence<br />
of Things Unseen,” a<br />
collaborative exhibit of<br />
sculpture and poetry, with the<br />
poet Miriam Pederson<br />
Awarded year-long sabbatical<br />
grant to make prints and<br />
drawings, including studying<br />
printmaking in Belgium.<br />
Awarded 2004 grant to spend<br />
spring semester 2004<br />
studying and teaching in<br />
Japan.<br />
25<br />
P-12<br />
collaborative<br />
experience.
CURRICULUM VITAE OF AQUINAS ART DEPARTMENT<br />
FACULTY, INCLUDING ADVERTISING COPY FOR THE ART<br />
EDUCATION POSITION THAT WILL BE LISTED AT THE<br />
TIME THIS APPLICATION IS APPROVED<br />
26<br />
26
Position: Instructor of Art Education<br />
Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Location: Grand Rapids, MI<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> is currently seeking an instructor of Art Education. This is an Adjunct Assistant Professor position,<br />
starting in the fall of 2005. In this role you will teach four courses in Art Education on a rotating basis, one course<br />
per semester, and possibly during summer sessions. The courses:<br />
• Foundations in Art Education<br />
• Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />
• Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />
• Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />
A successful candidate will hold an advanced degree in Art Education, have a minimum of three years experience<br />
teaching K-12 Art, possess a record of professional membership in NAEA/MAEA, and demonstrate a familiarity<br />
with State of Michigan standards for K-12 Art . <strong>College</strong> teaching experience would be a plus. Minorities and<br />
women are strongly encouraged to apply.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, an inclusive educational community rooted in the Catholic Dominican tradition, provides a liberal<br />
arts education with a global perspective. At <strong>Aquinas</strong>, we emphasize career preparation with a focus on leadership<br />
and service to others. An <strong>Aquinas</strong> education fosters a commitment to lifelong learning dedicated to the pursuit of<br />
truth and the common good.<br />
Founded by the Dominican Sisters of Grand Rapids in 1886, <strong>Aquinas</strong> has a Catholic heritage and a Christian<br />
tradition. The Dominican tradition of working and serving remains alive at <strong>Aquinas</strong>. It is lived out by <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
students who volunteer their time and talents in the Grand Rapids community and by those who travel to places such<br />
as Oaxaca, Mexico; Appalachia, Kentucky; or any of several other service-learning locations.<br />
The college is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission and is a member of the North Central Association.<br />
To apply for the Art Education position send a letter of interest, curriculum vitae, and names, addresses and<br />
telephone numbers of at least three individuals who would be able to knowledgably endorse your application to: Ron<br />
Pederson, Chair, Art Department, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, 1607 Robinson Road, Grand Rapids, MI 49506. To be assured<br />
of full consideration, all materials must be received by (date?).<br />
27<br />
27
JOSEPH P. BECHERER<br />
November 2002<br />
Curriculum Vitae<br />
Home: 443 Cambridge SE Office: 1000 East Beltline NE<br />
Grand Rapids, MI 49506 Grand Rapids, MI 49525<br />
(616) 454-8633 (616) 977-7685<br />
EDUCATION<br />
Ohio University, B.F.A., Summa Cum Laude, 1987.<br />
*Major: Art History<br />
*Minor: Studio, English<br />
Ohio University, M.F.A., Art History, 1989.<br />
*Areas of Concentration: Classical, Renaissance-Baroque, 19 th Century-Modern Art, Studio<br />
*Thesis: “Georges Rouault: Images of Suffering Views of Salvation”<br />
Ohio State University, CIC Traveling Scholar’s <strong>Program</strong>, Completion, 1991.<br />
*Area of Study: History of Architecture, Architectural Preservation<br />
School for Management, Midwest Regional Institute, 1996-1997.<br />
Indiana University, Hope School of Art, History of Art<br />
*Comprehensives, April 2000<br />
*Dissertation Defense, September 2001<br />
*Major Area: Renaissance and Baroque Art<br />
Dissertation: An Old Master in the New World: the Oeuvre of Pietro Perugino through<br />
the Lens of Paintings in North American Public Collections<br />
*Minor Area I: 19 th Century and Modern Art<br />
*Minor Area II: History of Architecture<br />
WORK HISTORY<br />
Curator of Sculpture, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, Summer 1999-present.<br />
Responsible for development of sculpture program, including acquisitions and exhibitions. Liaison to<br />
education programs and community outreach programs<br />
Lena E.S. Meijer Professor in the History of Art, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Summer 1999-present. Responsible<br />
for courses in pre-modern and contemporary periods and re-development of the art history program and<br />
major.<br />
Dean, School of Social Sciences and Humanities, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, 1997-1999.<br />
Administrative and academic leader of seven departments (Behavioral and Social Sciences, English,<br />
Hospitality, Languages, <strong>Visual</strong> and Performing <strong>Arts</strong>)<br />
Assistant Dean, School of Social Sciences and Humanities, Grand Rapids Community<br />
<strong>College</strong>. 1996-1997. Responsible for developing and monitoring schedule and budgets of seven academic<br />
departments, adjunct faculty hiring and evaluation, and implementing community outreach programs.<br />
Chair, Department of Art and Art History, and Assistant Division Chair, Fine and Performing <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Division, Grand Rapids Community<strong>College</strong>. 1994-1996. Responsible for all aspects of a 13 member<br />
studio and art history faculty serving more than 1,600 student annually (including approximately 115<br />
majors). Led Department through research and renovation of entire curriculum and degree requirements.<br />
Established academic assessment plans for North Central Accreditation.<br />
28<br />
28
Consultant, Grand Rapids Art Museum. 1991-2000. Education and curatorial consultant on special<br />
exhibitions and permanent collection. Developed the premier American exhibition of Renaissance master,<br />
Pietro Perugino, in coordination with renown Italian and American lending institutions and scholars.<br />
Consultant, Prentice-Hall: Humanities Division. 1993-present. Editorial and pedagogical<br />
consultant; text and illustration reviewer of Art History survey, Renaissance, Baroque, and Modern Art<br />
manuscripts. Author of three books.<br />
Art History Instructor, Department of Art and Art History, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>. 1991-<br />
1996. Responsible for the development and instruction of an Art History Curriculum (including survey and<br />
upper division courses) both on campus and through community outreach programming.<br />
Assistant Director/Assistant Professor, Ohio University, Italy <strong>Program</strong> (Rome/Florence). Summer<br />
1991, 1989. Instructor of Classical through Baroque seminar for graduate and undergraduate students while<br />
supervising all academic affairs with regard to student population.<br />
Visiting Assistant Professor, School of Art, Ohio University. Winter - Spring, 1991. Taught Art<br />
History survey and undergraduate and graduate courses in European Modernism; supervision of four<br />
teaching assistants.<br />
Curator of Art and Artifacts/Assistant to the Director, Kinsey Institute, Indiana University, Summer<br />
1989 - December 1990. Responsible for all curatorial and administrative duties surrounding the world<br />
renown collection. Additionally organized the premier exhibition and publication on the collection.<br />
29<br />
29
Assistant Director of Education, Fort Wayne Museum of Art. 1988 - 1989. Responsible for<br />
volunteer training and coordination, developing and executing extensive programming on permanent<br />
collections and special exhibitions for adult, young adults, and children.<br />
Assistant to the Director, Trisolini Gallery, Ohio University. 1985-1987. Curatorial,<br />
editing, and tour responsibilities as assigned by the director; also responsible for coordinating gallery<br />
to faculty workshops and in-service.<br />
Supervisor of Peer Counseling Staff, <strong>College</strong> Adjustment <strong>Program</strong>, Ohio University. 1984-1986.<br />
Responsible for hiring, training, and supervision of staff working with first and second year students in<br />
academic and/or financial need.<br />
Advisor, <strong>College</strong> of Fine <strong>Arts</strong>, Ohio University. August - September 1985, 86, 87, 88. Academic<br />
advisor and peer counselor for all incoming freshman and transfer students regarding testing, placement, and<br />
scheduling.<br />
Teaching Assistant, Department of Art History, School of Art, Ohio University. 1987-1988 (main<br />
campus), Summer 1987 (Rome/Florence), Summer 1986 (London). Lecturing and testing in Art History<br />
survey and period-specific courses.<br />
PUBLICATIONS<br />
Sir Anthony Caro: the Emma Series (in-progress, May 2003)<br />
Gardens of Art: The Sculpture Collection of the Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park,<br />
Marquand Books/Wayne State University Press, 2002<br />
2001.<br />
Monumental Elegance: The Sculpture and Drawings of Philip Grausman, Frederik Meijer Gardens,<br />
Richard Hunt: American Visionary, Frederik Meijer Gardens, 2001.<br />
“A Renaissance Approach to Higher Education” Community <strong>College</strong> Journal (1999).<br />
“Andrea del Verrocchio,” Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />
“Pietro Perugino,” Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />
“Perugia,”Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />
“The Umbrian School,”Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />
“Four Paintings by Pietro Perugino,” Proceeds of the Perugino: Master of the Italian<br />
Renaissance Conference (forthcoming: Spring 1998).<br />
“The History of Art and the Community <strong>College</strong>,” Journal of the Association of<br />
Art History, Fall 1997.<br />
Pietro Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance, Rizzoli International, 1997.<br />
A Basic History of Art - An Instructor’s Manual, Prentice-Hall, January 1997.<br />
“The Survey Course in Art History,” (editorial), The Chronicle of Higher Education, vol.<br />
30<br />
30
XLII, #40, June 14, 1996.<br />
Francey, Mary F., Brian Madigan and Joseph P. Becherer, Art History: Instructor’s Manual with<br />
Tests, Volume II, Prentice Hall, 1996.<br />
Francey, Mary F., Brian Madigan and Joseph P. Becherer, Art History: Instructor’s Manual with<br />
Tests, Volume I, Prentice Hall, 1995.<br />
Becherer, Lisa A. and Joseph P. Becherer, Walking through the Landscape: A Guide to 20th Century<br />
Landscape Paintings from the Metropolitan Museum of Art, Grand Rapids Art Museum, 1992.<br />
1990.<br />
Selections from the Collections of the Kinsey Institute, Bloomington, Indiana, the Kinsey Institute,<br />
“Notes on the Collections,” in the New Kinsey Institute Report on Sex: What You Must Know to<br />
be Sexually Literate, St. Martin’s Press, 1990.<br />
Georges Rouault, Images of Suffering, Views of Salvation, M.F.A. Essay, Ohio University, 1989.<br />
What is a Museum?, Fort Wayne Museum of Art, 1989.<br />
IV. HONORS AND AWARDS<br />
Governor’s Special Achievement Award for Art and Culture, for curatorial efforts culiminating in<br />
Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance, 1998.<br />
Jay and Betty Van Andel Foundation, for the development and execution of a major international<br />
exhibition of Renaissance Art, 1996-1998.<br />
1998.<br />
1996.<br />
Burke Porter Foundation, for curatorial endeavors resulting in 1997-1998 Perugino Exhibition, 1996-<br />
National Endowment for the Humanities, for research work as lead scholar<br />
for publication on Pietro Perugino (ca. 1450-1523) and Renaissance Umbria, 1994,<br />
Michigan Humanities Council - Research Grant, for research work as lead scholar for publication on<br />
Pietro Perugino (ca. 1450-1523) and Renaissance Umbria, 1994, 1996.<br />
Who’s Who in the Midwest, inducted 1996.<br />
Who’s Who Among America’s Teacher’s, inducted 1996.<br />
I.I.P.D. Research Grant, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, to conduct research and deliver lectures<br />
on Renaissance master, Pietro Perugino and the Umbrian School of Painting, 1995 (Rome, Florence, and<br />
Perugia, Italy), 1996 (Washington D.C., and New York).<br />
Perugia Fellowship, City of Grand Rapids, for development of educational and cultural programming<br />
between the city of Grand Rapids and the Galleria Nazionale’ dell’ Umbria and the Accademia di Belle Arti in<br />
Perugia, 1994.<br />
I.I.P.D. Research Grant, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, for the development of a Humanities/Art<br />
History seminar, “the Classical World,” with a Department colleague, through collections research on Hellenistic,<br />
Etruscan and Roman objects in Italian collections, 1994.<br />
31<br />
31
Teaching Excellence Award, State of Michigan, sponsored by Central Michigan<br />
University, 1992-1993.<br />
I.I.P.D. Research Grant, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, for research to expand art history courses to<br />
include objects from museum collections in Detroit, Chicago, Cleveland, Washington, New York, and<br />
Atlanta, 1993.<br />
Hope School of Art Research Grant, Indiana University, for archival research on 16th century<br />
decorative programs in Venice, 1991.<br />
Hope School of Art Research Grant, Indiana University, for on-site research of decorative<br />
programs in 15th and 16th century villas of the Veneto, 1990.<br />
Art History Fellowship, Hope School of Art, Indiana University, 1989, 1990, 1991.<br />
Art History Fellowship, School of Art, Ohio University, 1987, 1988.<br />
Outstanding Graduate Student Instructor, Ohio University, 1987-1988.<br />
Scholarship Recipient, School of Art, Ohio University, 1985, 1986, 1987.<br />
Regent’s Scholar Finalist, Ohio Board of Regents, 1987.<br />
P.A.C.E. Research Grant, for the study of decorative programs at Or San Michele and the<br />
Pazzi Chapel, Florence, Italy, 1985.<br />
Mortar Board Honorary Society, inducted 1986.<br />
Omicron Delta Kappa Honorary Society, inducted 1986.<br />
National Dean’s List, 1985, 1986, 1987.<br />
V. ADDRESSES AND PAPERS<br />
“Rodin: Cornerstone of Modern Art”, Frederik Meijer Gardens, January 2001.<br />
“The Emergence of Landscape Painting”, keynote address for the Yale University exhibition<br />
Constable to Canaletto, Grand Rapids Art Museum, October 1999.<br />
1999.<br />
“Michelangelo and Leonardo: Titans of the High Renaissance”, Frederick Meijer Gardens, April<br />
Session Chair and Moderator, Italian Renaissance Art, Mid-West Art History Society, Detroit,<br />
Michigan, March, 1999.<br />
“Divine Visions: Images of Saints and Angels,” Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids Art<br />
Museum, December 1998.<br />
“A Journey from the Early Renaissance to the High Renaissance and the Role of Leonardo da<br />
Vinci,” Dennos Museum of Art, Traverse City, Michigan, March, 1998.<br />
“Three “R’s” for Teaching and Learning in the Post-Modern Era,” Keynote Address, 31st Annual<br />
Liberal <strong>Arts</strong> Network Conference, February, 1998.<br />
32<br />
32
“Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance”<br />
-Italian Cultural Foundation, New York; May, 1997<br />
-Grand Valley Artists, Grand Rapids; May, 1997<br />
-Renaissance Society of America, New York; February, 1997<br />
-Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids; April, 1996<br />
-City of Perugia, Perugia, Italy; July, 1996<br />
-City of Grand Rapids, Grand Rapids; October, 1996.<br />
“Perugino and Workshop in the Cambio”, Collegio del Cambio, Perugia, Italy, July, 1995.<br />
“The Renaissance in Umbria”, Galleria Nazionale dell’ Umbria, Perugia, Italy, July, 1995.<br />
“Women in the Renaissance and Renaissance Women Artists”, Delta Tau Society, Membership<br />
Convention, Canton, Ohio; May, 1995.<br />
“Perugino and Renaissance Umbria”, International Relations Committee, City of Grand Rapids,<br />
Grand Rapids; October, 1994.<br />
“Defining a ‘Corporate Image’ in Architecture”, Grand Rapids Art Museum Grand Rapids;<br />
November, 1994.<br />
“The Nude in Art: Renaissance Florence, Venice, and Rome”,Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand<br />
Rapids, February, 1993.<br />
“Matisse and French Expressionism”, Fort Wayne Museum of Art, Fort Wayne, April, 1990.<br />
“Impressionistic Concerns of the 19th Century”, Fort Wayne Museum of Art, Fort Wayne,<br />
November, 1989.<br />
“The Tomb of Julius II and the Sistine Ceiling”,IUPUI, Fort Wayne; April, 1989.<br />
VI. EXHBITIONS (Recent and In-Progress)<br />
“Picasso: the Artist as Sculptor”, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, opening September 2002.<br />
“Magdalena Abakanowicz: the Skulls”, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, opening October<br />
2002.<br />
“Bound and Entwined: Recent Projects by Claes Oldenburg and Coosje van Bruggen”, Frederik<br />
Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, (May – August, 2002).<br />
“Rodin: Cornerstone of Modern Sculpture”, Frederick Meijer Gardens (April, 2001 - January, 2002).<br />
“Monumental Elegance: The Sculpture and Drawings of Philip Grausman”,<br />
Frederick Meijer Gardens (June - October 2001) and <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> (September - October 2001).<br />
“Sculptor on Sculpture: The Photographs of Alexander Liberman”, Frederik Meijer Gardens (January<br />
- March 2001).<br />
“Richard Hunt: American Visionary”, Frederick Meijer Gardens (September 2000 - January 2001)<br />
“From Reason to Romance: European Prints and Drawings of the 18th and 19th century”, Grand<br />
Rapids Art Museum, October 1999-January 2000.<br />
33<br />
33
“Divine Visions: Images of Saints and Angels”, Martin D’Arcy Gallery of Art, Loyola University,<br />
Chicago, September-November 1999, Grand Rapids Art Museum, December 1998-March 1999.<br />
“Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance”, Grand Rapids Art Museum, November 1997-<br />
February 1998.<br />
VII. MEMBERSHIPS AND AFFILIATIONS<br />
-American Association of Museums<br />
-Association for Art History (Executive Board)<br />
-<strong>College</strong> Art Association<br />
-Grand Rapids Sister Cities International (Executive Board)<br />
-Humanities Council (Grand Rapids chapter)<br />
-Italian Art Society<br />
-Mid-West Art History Society<br />
-Renaissance Society of America<br />
-Very Special <strong>Arts</strong> (Michigan)<br />
VIII. REFERENCES<br />
Marilyn Bradshaw, Professor of Art History, School of Art, Ohio University, 614-594- 3205.<br />
*Jennings House, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, 45701<br />
34<br />
34
David Ebony, Associate Managing Editor, Art in America, 212-941-2846<br />
*575 Broadway, New York, New York, 10012<br />
Marion Gottleib, Assistant Editor: Humanities Division, Prentice-Hall,<br />
201-236-7483.<br />
*One Lake Street, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 07458<br />
Richard Hunt, Sculptor, 773-929-6161<br />
*Richard Hunt Studio, 1017 West Lill Street, New York, New York, 60614<br />
Janet Kennedy, Chair, Department of the History of Art, Distinguished Professor of Fine <strong>Arts</strong>,<br />
Indiana University, 812-855-9556.<br />
*Hope School of Art, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana, 47405<br />
6161.<br />
Hon. John Logie, Mayor, City of Grand Rapids, 616-456-3168.<br />
*300 Monroe, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49503<br />
Morton Lowengrub, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Yeshiva University, 212-960-5217<br />
*500 West 185 th Street, New York, New York, 10033<br />
Arnaldo Pomodoro, Sculptor, 39-02-89401303 (FAX)<br />
*Arnaldo Pomodoro Studio, via Vigevano 5, 20144, Milan, Italy<br />
Claes Oldenburg and Coosje van Bruggen, phone available on request<br />
*c/o 556 Broome Street, New York, New York, 10013<br />
Hon. Peter Secchia, U.S. Ambassador to Italy (1991-1993), and Chairman Universal Corp., 616-364-<br />
*2801 East Beltline, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49506<br />
35<br />
35
Associate Professor of Art<br />
Undergraduate Faculty<br />
Appointed 1993<br />
1. Academic Degrees<br />
DANA ALLYN FREEMAN<br />
Masters of Fine Art University of California, Santa Barbara, Ca. June 1992 photo, drawing, video, installation<br />
Studies in Art Studio (no degree) University of California, Davis, Ca. 1988 drawing, photography<br />
Bachelor of Art Pomona <strong>College</strong>, Claremont, Ca. June 1981 painting, assemblage sculpture<br />
Study of Italian Art History (no degree) Syracuse University, Florence, Italy Fall 1979 Renaissance Art History<br />
2. Professional Experience<br />
1993-present Associate Professor, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />
Drawing, photography, video, performance, installation, professionalism, assistant bronze caster.<br />
1990-1992 Teaching Assistant, University of California, Santa Barbara, Ca.<br />
Foundation drawing, lower division photography, advanced photography/new genre, including<br />
installation, performance and video.<br />
1990-1993 Studio Assistant to artist Ann Hamilton.<br />
Nov. 1990 Performance Workshop Instructor, San Jose State University, San Jose, Ca.<br />
1985-1990 Instructor, University of Calif., Davis, Craft Center & Gallery, Davis, Ca.<br />
Drawing, painting, ceramics, screen printing, stained glass, copy camera.<br />
1989-90 Interim Manager, U.C. Davis Craft Center & Gallery, Davis, Ca.<br />
Developed, implemented and evaluated program for a facility of 12 art/craft studios offering 50+<br />
classes/quarter with an annual budget of $91,000.00.<br />
1985-1989 Assistant Manager, U.C. Davis Craft Center & Gallery, Davis, Ca.<br />
Main information resource for 12 art/craft studios, managed a staff of 30+ students and volunteers,<br />
responsible for all operational details including gallery space.<br />
3. Faculty and Administrative Load<br />
Fall Semester, 2001<br />
AT 130 Beginning Drawing 3 semester credits<br />
AT 212 Beginning Photography 3 semester credits<br />
AT 213-218 Intermediate & Advanced Photography 3 semester credits<br />
Spring Semester, 2002<br />
36<br />
36
AT 130 Beginning Drawing 3 semester credits<br />
AT 212 Beginning Photography 3 semester credits<br />
AT 213-218 Intermediate & Advanced Photography 3 semester credits<br />
Summer, 2002<br />
AT 212 Beginning Photography 3 semester credits<br />
AT 213-218 Intermediate & Advanced Photography 3 semester credits<br />
Recent Guest Lectures<br />
2002 Kendall <strong>College</strong> of Art & Design, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />
2001 Australian Catholic University, Brisbane, Australia<br />
2000 Cal Poly San Luis Obispo, San Luis Obispo, Ca.<br />
Recent Solo Exhibitions<br />
October 2004 “Shifting Horizon”, in collaboration with artist Carol Jurgens, Buckham Gallery, Flint, Mi.<br />
Sculptural installation with wall murals<br />
May 2002 “Landscape for the Newly Born”, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, Mi.<br />
Photographic and sculptural installation<br />
January 2002 “Landscape for the Newly Born”, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Gallery<br />
Photographic and sculptural installation<br />
Recent Group Exhibitions<br />
March 2001 “<strong>Aquinas</strong> Faculty Exhibit”, Australian Catholic University, Brisbane, Australia<br />
Other Recent Projects<br />
May 2001 Set Design, Actor’s Theater, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />
37<br />
37
Kaczmarczyk, Madeline<br />
Senior Lecturer<br />
Undergraduate Faculty<br />
Appointed 1998<br />
1. Academic Degrees<br />
B.A. <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> 2002 Art<br />
2. Professional Experience<br />
1998-Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Instructor of Ceramics<br />
2001 Michigan Potters Association conference, Grand Valley University, presenter.<br />
1997 Rockford Michigan Jr. High School ceramic class<br />
1985-1992 Very Special <strong>Arts</strong> Workshops, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />
1990 Western Michigan Potters Association Workshop<br />
1988 American Art Clay Workshop,. Indianapolis, In.<br />
1985 Oakland Community <strong>College</strong> Workshop<br />
1980 Michigan Council for the <strong>Arts</strong> Minority Artists Economic Development <strong>Program</strong><br />
Workshop<br />
1977 Thunder Bay Potters Guild Workshop, Ontario, Canada<br />
1975 Calvin <strong>College</strong> Clay Workshop<br />
1975 Artrain Workshop<br />
1974 Grosse Pointe High School, Mi. Ceramic Workshop<br />
1974 Pontiac Creative <strong>Arts</strong> Center Clay Classes<br />
1973 Mercy <strong>College</strong> of Detroit-Clay Demonstration<br />
3. Faculty and Administrative Load<br />
Spring Semester, 2001<br />
AT 331,332, 432-436 Ceramics 3 semester units<br />
Fall Semester, 2002<br />
At 331, 332, 432-436 Ceramics 3 semester units<br />
4. Current Professional and Association Memberships Academic<br />
Urban Institute for Contemporary Art<br />
American Craft Council<br />
Michigan Potters Guild<br />
National Association of Independent Artists<br />
5. Current Professional Assignments and Activities (non-teaching)<br />
South University Ann Arbor Art Fair Committee<br />
Personal Exhibition Schedule 2002:<br />
Frederick Meijer Gardens, Western Michigan Ceramics Faculty Exhibit, Grand Rapids, Michigan<br />
Del Mano Gallery, "Hot Tea" , L.A. Ca.<br />
Fountain Street Church, "Mosaic and Tile Show, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />
Chiarocaro Gallery, Teapot Show, Chicago, Il.<br />
Alianza Gallery, Teapot Show, Boston, Ma.<br />
Gallery Arcadia, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />
38<br />
38
6. Publications<br />
Ceramics Monthly, Cover and Portfolio Section, Sept. 1992, pp. 37-44<br />
Traverse Magazine, July 2002 p.67<br />
Creative Ideas for Living, June 1987,pp 14-15<br />
7- Papers Presented<br />
Michigan Potters Association Regional Conference, Grand Valley State University, Oct. 2001<br />
8-Research<br />
A study of low-fire glaze formulas for classroom application without leaded chemicals. In progress. 2001-2002<br />
39<br />
39
KAISER, KURT<br />
1. Academic Degrees<br />
Faculty Data Summary Sheet<br />
Professor of Art<br />
M.F.A. University of Colorado, 1980 Three-dimensional art<br />
B. A. St. John’s University 1967 Art major.<br />
2. Professional Experience<br />
2001-2004 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Art Department Chairperson<br />
1997-Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Associate Professor of Art. Began tenure Fall 2001<br />
1990-1997 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Adjunct Professor of Art<br />
1994-1997 Kendall <strong>College</strong> of Art and Design, Grand Rapids, Michigan, Adjunct<br />
Professor<br />
1986-1990 University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Associate Professor in Department of<br />
Textiles, Clothing, and Design<br />
1981-1985 North Dakota University, Assistant Professor of Design<br />
1977-1978 University of Colorado, Sculpture Teacher’s Assistant<br />
1968-1971 St. John’s University, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, Instructor of Art<br />
1967-1968 St. John’s Preparatory School, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, Instructor of Art<br />
3. Faculty and Administrative Load<br />
Fall Semester 2001<br />
AT 140 2-D Design (Sections 1&2) 6 semester units<br />
AT 161 Art Appreciation 3 semester units<br />
Art Department Chair 3 semester units<br />
Spring Semester 2002<br />
AT 140 2-D Design 3 semester units<br />
AT 141 3-D Design 3 semester units<br />
Department Chair 3 semester units<br />
C. Other Collegiate Assignments<br />
2001-Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Art Department Chair<br />
4. Current Professional and Academic Association Memberships<br />
*FATE Foundations in Art, Theory, and Education<br />
5. Publications<br />
"The Meditation of Endless Patterns" an article published in Center Point, a publication of the<br />
Catholic Information Center and the Paulist Order in Grand Rapids, winter edition, 1998.<br />
6. Presentations<br />
"Problems with 3-D Problems", a presentation on the 3-D curriculum in the Art Dept. at <strong>Aquinas</strong>,<br />
presented in Boston at the 8th Biennial FATE (Foundations in Art, Theory, and Education)<br />
Conference in Boston, March 2001.<br />
40<br />
40
41<br />
"Originating, Developing, and Evaluating Studio Art Foundations Problems and Projects". Invited<br />
member of a panel of the same title at the Biannual Conference of FATE (Foundations in Art, Theory, and<br />
Education), School of the Chicago Art Institute, Chicago, Illinois, 1990.<br />
"Cornershelves and Other Ancestral Shrines", a video tape of an art installation of the same title,<br />
presented at EDRA 19, the 19th annual conference of the Environmental Design Research<br />
Association, California Polytechnic University, Pomona, California, 1988.<br />
Multicultural Liturgical Music Institute, Panel Member, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> and Marywood, 1997.<br />
7. Art Exhibitions<br />
Master Teachers, an invitational exhibition of the work of sculpture professors of lower West<br />
Michigan, Frederic Meijer Gardens, Spring 2001.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Faculty Exhibition at Australian Catholic University, Bisbane, Australia, Spring<br />
2001.<br />
Ancient Images/Modern Expressions: the First Biennial Juried Catholic <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition, St. Vincent<br />
Gallery, Latrobe, PA, March 2001.<br />
One person show, "Kitchen Tables and Other Sacred Altars", Dominican Center at Marywood, Grand<br />
Rapids, Michigan, January, 2001.<br />
Jump Start Your Heart, Urban Institute for Contemporary Art, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1995 &<br />
1999-2001. Invited featured artist, 2000.<br />
Live Coverage, Urban Institute for Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong>, Grand Rapids, MI, 1998, 1999.<br />
The Fall of the House of Usher Exhibition, Urban Institute for Contemporary Art, Grand Rapids,<br />
Michigan, 1998.<br />
In a Renaissance Garden (invitational, Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids Michigan, 1997.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Annual Faculty Shows, 1990-2002.<br />
Seats on Show (invitational), Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1993.<br />
Celebration, A Festival of Religious Art (juried), First United Methodist Church, Grand Rapids,<br />
Michigan, 1993.<br />
Assemblage, one-person exhibition, Art and Music Center Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, 1993.<br />
Festival 1993 (juried), Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />
Festival 1991 (juried). (Received jurors' award.)<br />
Greater Midwest International Exhibition 1990 (juried), Central Missouri State University,<br />
Warrensburg. Missouri.<br />
Fred Wells Central Time Zone Juried Exhibition 1990, Elder Gallery, Nebraska Wesleyan University,<br />
Lincoln, Nebraska.<br />
Allied Artists of America, Inc. 76th Annual Juried Exhibition, Artists' Club, New York, New York<br />
1989.<br />
Dodge City 14th Annual Art Exhibition (national, juried), Dodge City, Kansas, 1989 (honorable<br />
mention).<br />
Sioux City Art Association 49th Competition (regional, juried), Sioux City, Iowa, 1989.<br />
41
42<br />
Wichita National '89 (juried), Wichita Art Association, Wichita, Kansas.<br />
Divine Line (national, juried), Galeria Mesa, Arizona, 1989.<br />
Fiberart '89 International (juried), Pittsburgh Center for the <strong>Arts</strong>, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.<br />
Nebraska Crafts Council 9 (regional), Museum of Nebraska Art, Kearney, Nebraska, 1989.<br />
Topeka Competition 13 (regional), Gallery of Fine <strong>Arts</strong>, Topeka, Kansas, 1989.<br />
Central Time Zone Sculpture Exhibition (invitational), Nebraska Wesleyan University,<br />
Lincoln, Nebraska, 1988.<br />
Nebraska Educators' Show (juried), Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1987 (award).<br />
Farm Crisis Outdoor Sculpture Exhibit (invitational), Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1987.<br />
Wichita National Decorative <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition (juried). Wichita Art Association, Wichita,<br />
Kansas, 1985.<br />
Twenty-sixth Midwestern Annual Invitational, Roark Gallery and Plains Art Museum,<br />
Moorhead, Minnesota, 1985.<br />
One person show, "Cornershelves and Other Ancestral Shrines", Plains Art Museum,<br />
Moorhead, Minnesota, 1985.<br />
One-person show, Benedicta <strong>Arts</strong> Center, <strong>College</strong> of St. Benedict, St. Joseph, Minnesota,<br />
1982.<br />
Two person show, 80 Langton Street (currently called New Langton <strong>Arts</strong>), San Francisco.<br />
California, 1982.<br />
Three person show, Boulder Center for the <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong>, Boulder, Colorado, 1981.<br />
"Art '81" (juried, regional), Boulder Center for the <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (jurors' choice award).<br />
"Site Specific Instillation (sic)" (invitational), Boulder Art Center), Boulder, Colorado, 1979.<br />
"Art '79" (juried, regional), Boulder Art Center, (Spivak's Art<br />
Hardware Award).<br />
"Sculpture" (invitational), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />
Seventeenth Boulder Art Association Regional (juried), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />
Colorado Liturgical <strong>Arts</strong> Society Traveling Exhibition (regional, juried), Agape Gallery,<br />
Denver, Colorado, 1977.<br />
Boulder Art Association Annual Exhibit (regional, juried) Boulder, Colorado, 1974.<br />
One person show, St. John's University Art Gallery, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, 1969.<br />
"Art '79" (juried, regional), Boulder Art Center, (Spivak's Art<br />
Hardware Award).<br />
"Sculpture" (invitational), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />
Seventeenth Boulder Art Association Regional (juried), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />
Colorado Liturgical <strong>Arts</strong> Society Traveling Exhibition (regional, juried), Agape Gallery,<br />
Denver, Colorado, 1977.<br />
Boulder Art Association Annual Exhibit (regional, juried) Boulder, Colorado, 1974.<br />
One person show, St. John's University Art Gallery, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, 1969.<br />
42
Faculty Data Sheet<br />
Miller, Marie Celeste, Ph.D.<br />
Associate Professor of Art<br />
Appointed, 1986<br />
1. Academic Degrees:<br />
Ph.D., Emory University, 1983<br />
M.A., Middlebury <strong>College</strong>, l976<br />
B.A., <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, 1968<br />
2. Professional Experience:<br />
1985 – Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
1984 – 1985 Centre <strong>College</strong>, Assistant Professor of Art<br />
1983 – 1984 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Visiting Assistant Professor of Art<br />
1977 – 1978 Gaylord, Michigan, High School English Teacher<br />
1966 – 1977 Saginaw, Michigan, High School English Teacher<br />
3. Faculty Load: 2001 – 2002<br />
Fall Semester:<br />
AT 150 ( Sec 1) Art Survey I 3 Sem Hrs<br />
AT 150 ( Sec 2) Art Survey I 3 Sem Hrs<br />
AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso ( Modern 1) 3 Sem Hrs<br />
AT 161 Art Appreciation 3 Sem Hrs<br />
Spring Semester:<br />
AT 151 ( Sec 1) Art Survey II 3 Sem Hrs<br />
AT 151 ( Sec 2) Art Survey II 3 Sem Hrs<br />
AT 351 Dali Through Abstraction (Modern 2) 3 Sem Hrs<br />
AT 161 Art Appreciation 3 Sem Hrs<br />
Other Collegiate Assignments, 2001 – 2002<br />
Director of Art Department Slide Library<br />
Member, Technology Council<br />
Member, <strong>College</strong> Admissions Committee<br />
Academic Advisor<br />
8. Research and Study:<br />
During the last several years, I have focused on two areas of study: one involving<br />
development of course content, and the other on the integration of technology into the courses<br />
and mastering a new delivery system, distance learning on the World Wide Web.<br />
In my formal education in Art History, there was never an opportunity to study the art of nonwestern<br />
cultures. I have acquired an introductory knowledge of the art of some of the Asian<br />
cultures and have gained some very basic understandings of some African work.<br />
I have taken workshops through ALN, LERN and course work through Michigan Virtual<br />
University, their Master Online Instructor Training. These, as well as other informal training<br />
opportunities, have prepared me for teaching the Art Appreciation course on the web.<br />
43<br />
43
RESUME<br />
RON PEDERSON<br />
235 HAMPTON SE<br />
GRAND RAPIDS, MI 49506<br />
616-458-3354<br />
PERSONAL<br />
Born Sept. 18, 1947, Willmar, MN, Married to Miriam Pederson,<br />
two children, Ben and Madeline.<br />
EDUCATION<br />
M.F.A. 1977 University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Sculpture.<br />
B.A. 1969. Bethel <strong>College</strong>, St. Paul, MN.<br />
TEACHING AND PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE<br />
2004- Art Department Chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
1996-2001 Coordinator, Art and Music Division, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand<br />
Rapids, MI.<br />
1994-2001 Art Department Chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1992-present Professor of Art, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1992,94,99 Resident Faculty/Director, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Semester in Ireland<br />
program, Tully Cross, County Galway, Ireland.<br />
1989-1991 Assoc. Professor of Art, Department Chairman, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1987-1989 Assoc. Professor of Art, Department Co-chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong>.<br />
1982-1987 Asst. Professor of Art, Department Chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1982 Asst. Professor of Art, Calvin <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1977-1981 Instructor of Art, Calvin <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1975-1977 Teaching Associate, University of Minnesota, Mpls, MN.<br />
1974-1975 Teaching Assistant, Bethel <strong>College</strong>, St. Paul, MN.<br />
EXHIBITIONS<br />
2004 “Evidence of Things Unseen,” a collaborative exhibition of<br />
sculpture and poetry, with poet Miriam Pederson, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, MI<br />
2002 <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibit, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
2001 “Master Teachers,” Frederik Meijer Gardens Gallery, Grand<br />
Rapids, MI.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Faculty Exhibition at Australian Catholic University, Bisbane,<br />
Australia.<br />
Annual Collegiate Exhibition, Urban Institute for Contemporary<br />
Art(UICA), Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Two Person exhibit. Cascade Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
2000 <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibit, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
“Death Matters,” UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1999 Sculpture Invitational, Overbrook Art Gallery, Muskegon<br />
Community <strong>College</strong>, Muskegon, MI.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibit, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1998 “Flashback, Flashforward,” UICA, Grand Rapids.<br />
44<br />
44
45<br />
“Celebration 98,”First United Methodist Church, Grand Rapids,<br />
MI.<br />
Rankin Center Gallery, Ferris State University, Big Rapids, MI.<br />
Sculpture/Poetry Collaboration w/ M.Pederson.<br />
1997 "Double Take," <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>,Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Sculpture/Poetry collaboration with Miriam Pederson.<br />
“Enduring Conversations," UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Sculpture/Poetry collaboration with Miriam Pederson.<br />
1995 "Jump Start Your Heart" ULCA annual group exhibition,<br />
Underground Studio, Grand Rapids MI<br />
"The Heavens," <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> AMC gallery. Group exhibition<br />
including collaborative work done with physicist Charles<br />
Frydrych.<br />
1995 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Foster Planet Walk project. Art/Science<br />
collaboration and permanent installation with Charles Frydrych,<br />
Nancy Hart, and Jen Zimmerman, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
"Jump Start Your Heart" UICA annual group exhibition,<br />
Underground Studio, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Two person exhibition, with Tim Van Laar, Trinity <strong>College</strong>, Palos<br />
Heights, IL.<br />
"The West of Ireland," Grand Rapids Dominican Center Gallery,<br />
Grand Rapids, MI. Collaboration with Miriam Pederson.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
Festival 95 Competition, VanAndel City Museum, Grand Rapids,<br />
MI.<br />
1994 <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
Sculpture Invitational, T.C.Downtown Gallery,<br />
Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1993 Michigan Annual XXI, The Art Center, Mt. Clemens, MI.<br />
Regional Competitive Exhibition, Lowell Area <strong>Arts</strong> Council,<br />
Lowell, MI.<br />
Designers Showcase Exhibition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Festival 93 Competition, Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand<br />
Rapids, MI.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1992 Sixth Annual Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, International Art<br />
Galleries, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1991 Hefner Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI. Two Exhibitions: a gallery<br />
artists' group show and a three-person show.<br />
Greenville <strong>College</strong>, Greenville, IL. Two-person exhibition of<br />
sculpture and poetry, with Miriam Pederson.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1990 Artist-generated Dolls Invitational, UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Designers Showcase Exhibition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Hefner Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI. Two-person show.<br />
1989 "The Adding We Do In Our Sleep," Two-person exhibition of<br />
poetry and sculpture, with Miriam Pederson (sabbatical show),<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
Hefner Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI. Group show.<br />
45
46<br />
Third Annual Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, International Art<br />
Galleries, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1988 Second Annual Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, International Art<br />
Galleries, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Sculpture Invitational, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1987 Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, City Art Gallery, Grand Rapids,<br />
MI.<br />
Two Faculty Exhibitions(spring and fall), <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1986 Asbury <strong>College</strong>, Wilmore, KY. Two person show with<br />
Tim Van Laar.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1985 "Hot Stuff" Invitational Bronze Exhibition, DePree Art Center<br />
Gallery, Hope <strong>College</strong>, Holland, MI.<br />
6th Annual Michigan Competition, Battle Creek Art Center, Battle<br />
Creek, MI.<br />
1983 Designers Showcase Sculpture Exhibition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Springfest Exhibition, Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids,<br />
MI.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
"Four Artists, Four Media," City Art Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
National "Chairs" Competition and Traveling Exhibition:<br />
Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, MI, Virginia McCune<br />
Art Center, Petosky, MI, Jessie Besser Museum, Alpena, MI, Old<br />
Town Center, Traverse City, MI, Birmingham/Bloomfield Art<br />
Association, Birmingham, MI, William Bonfas Fine <strong>Arts</strong> Center,<br />
Escanaba, MI.<br />
Michigan Sculptors Invitational, Overbrook Art<br />
Gallery, Muskegon Community <strong>College</strong>, Muskegon, MI.<br />
Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, Festival 1983, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1982 Competitive Exhibition, Battle Creek Art Center, Battle Creek,<br />
MI.<br />
"Small Works" group show, Race Street Gallery, Grand Rapids,<br />
MI.<br />
Festival 1982 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Hope <strong>College</strong> Outdoor Sculpture Competition and Exhibition,<br />
Holland, MI. Finalist.<br />
1981 Solo show, Creative <strong>Arts</strong> Gallery, Central Michigan University,<br />
Mt. Pleasant, MI.<br />
Solo show, Spring Arbor <strong>College</strong>, Spring Arbor, MI.<br />
Festival Invitational Exhibition, Gallery Luisa, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Old Mill Art Invitational, Holland, MI.<br />
Festival 1981 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1980 "National Sculpture 80", Competition and Traveling Exhibition:<br />
McKissick Museum, University of Southern Carolina, Columbia,<br />
SC, Ashville Museum, Ashville, NC, Huntsville Museum of Art,<br />
Huntsville, AL, University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL, Auburn<br />
University, Auburn, AL, Clemson University, Clemson, SC.<br />
All Michigan Drawing Show, Central Michigan University, Mt.<br />
Pleasant, MI.<br />
46
47<br />
Michigan <strong>College</strong> Faculty Competition, University of Michigan,<br />
Flint, MI.<br />
Festival 1980 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Michigan Artists 80/81, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />
Two person-show with Tim Van Laar, Muskeqon Museum of Art,<br />
Muskeqon, MI.<br />
1979 Group show, UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Calvin Faculty Show, Hope <strong>College</strong>, Holland, MI.<br />
Artforms Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
1978 Grand Rapids Blood Center, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Sculpture On and Off the Plaza, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Festival 1978 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Art Faculty Exhibition, Calvin <strong>College</strong>.<br />
Group Show, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />
Solo show, Bethel <strong>College</strong>, St. Paul, MN.<br />
1977 Group show, UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Invitational Exhibition, Grand Valley State <strong>College</strong>s, Allendale,<br />
MI.<br />
MFA Thesis Exhibition, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,<br />
MN.<br />
RELATED PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE<br />
2003 Awarded Sabbatical leave and materials grant to work on<br />
sculpture, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
2002 Juror and Lecturer on Sculpture, Grand Valley Artist Association,<br />
Grand Rapids, MI<br />
2001 Lecturer on Sculpture, Frederik Meijer Gardens, Grand Rapids.<br />
2000 Juror, Michigan Education Association Annual High School<br />
Competitive Exhibition, Lansing, MI.<br />
1999 Juror and Lecturer on Art, Grand Valley Artist Association, Grand<br />
Rapids, MI.<br />
Interview (with Miriam Pederson) on Connemara Community<br />
Radio on the subject of our sculpture and poetry collaborations.<br />
1998 Lecturer on Sculpture and Poetry collaboration, Rankin Center<br />
Gallery, Ferris State University, Big Rapids, MI.<br />
Awarded year-long sabbatical leave to create sculpture, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong>.<br />
1996 Juror, South Haven <strong>Arts</strong> Council Annual High School<br />
Competitive Exhibition, South Haven, MI.<br />
Member, Frey Foundation Public Art Advisory Group, Grand<br />
Rapids, MI.<br />
1995 Visiting Artist, Grand Rapids Christian High School, Grand<br />
Rapids, MI.<br />
Juror, Newago School District Art Competition, Newago, MI.<br />
1994-6 Member, International Sculpture Center, Washington, DC.<br />
1993 Visiting Artist, Creston Christian School, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
Juror, Western Michigan University Annual Student Exhibition,<br />
Kalamazoo, MI.<br />
Lecturer: "Art and the Jurying Process", Western Michigan<br />
University, Kalamazoo, MI.<br />
47
48<br />
Lecturer on Art, Grand Valley Artists' Association, Grand Rapids,<br />
MI.<br />
Visiting Scholar, Schoenhal Fine Art Symposium, Greenville<br />
<strong>College</strong>, IL, Delivered two lectures and participated in a-seminar<br />
on artistic collaboration.<br />
Director of Exhibitions, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Dept.<br />
1990 Awarded an <strong>Aquinas</strong> Faculty Development Grant to publish<br />
poetry/sculpture chapbook.<br />
1988 Awarded a spring semester 1989 sabbatical leave from <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong> to create sculpture.<br />
1986-87 Art Reviewer, The Grand Rapids Press.<br />
Member, Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong> Group, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />
Member, International Sculpture Center.<br />
1986 Lecturer on Sculpture, Asbury <strong>College</strong>, Wilmore, KY.<br />
1985-86 Member, <strong>Program</strong> Committee, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />
Advisory Board Member, UICA.<br />
1984-86 <strong>Aquinas</strong>' representative to the Grand Rapids <strong>Arts</strong> Council.<br />
1981-82 Director of Exhibitions, Calvin <strong>College</strong>.<br />
1981 Visiting Lecturer on Sculpture, Spring Arbor <strong>College</strong>, Spring<br />
Arbor, MI.<br />
Participant, National Sculpture 1981 Invitational Slide Exhibition,<br />
sponsored by the Southern Assn. of Sculptors.<br />
Juror, Hispanic Art Competition, First United Methodist Church,<br />
Holland MI.<br />
1980 Article: "Kipp at Calvin," Spark Magazine, Grand Rapids, MI,<br />
May 1980 (subject: the sculptor Lyman Kipp).<br />
Art Curriculum Consultant, Northwestern <strong>College</strong> Art<br />
Department, Orange City, IA<br />
1979 Article: "In Defense of 'Enfant Terrible'," Grand Rapids Press,<br />
June 1979.<br />
Visiting lecturer on Sculpture and Juror of two shows, Hope<br />
<strong>College</strong>, Holland, MI.<br />
1977-79 Resident Artist, Urban Institute for Contemporary Art, Grand<br />
Rapids, MI.<br />
48
EDUCATION:<br />
SHARON SANDBERG<br />
2731 Cascade Springs Drive SE<br />
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49456<br />
(616) 942-6310<br />
Université d’Aix-Marseilles III<br />
Insititute d’ Etudes Francaise pour Etudiantes<br />
Etrangers, Aix-en-Provence, France<br />
1987 M.F.A University of Michigan<br />
Ann Arbor, Michigan<br />
1980 B.F.A. Grand Valley State University<br />
Allendale, Michigan<br />
1978 Slade School of Fine Art<br />
University <strong>College</strong>, London, England<br />
G.V.S.U. Summer <strong>Program</strong><br />
JURY PANELS AND BOARDS<br />
1993 Jury Panelist for FY94 <strong>Visual</strong> Fellowship Awards, South Carolina <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Commission<br />
(Three person “out of state” panel.)<br />
1992-1996 Appointed Member, Alumni Society of Governors, School of Art,<br />
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. (Elected President, 1996)<br />
1988-1990 Elected to Advisory Board for Ongoing Michigan Artist <strong>Program</strong><br />
(OMAP), Detroit Institute of Art.<br />
PROFESSIONAL LECTURES<br />
2001 Slide Lecture for Grand Valley Artists, February.<br />
2000 “Traveling the World for Art’s Sake”, LaFontsee Gallery Talk Series.<br />
1998 “A Sense of Things”, Gallery talk for docents. The Grand Rapids Art<br />
Museum, April<br />
1997 “Is There Still Life?” with Mary Brecht Stephenson, slide<br />
lecture/luncheon. The Plymouth Art Center, Plymouth, Michigan.<br />
November.<br />
49<br />
49
Visiting Artist, Slide lecture, Calvin <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />
October.<br />
1994 Slide-lecture, “A Closer Look: the poetry of silence”, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>,<br />
Grand Rapids,<br />
Michigan, October.<br />
Invited as Panel Participant, Career Pathways in Art Seminar for BFA<br />
Undergraduates, School of Art, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.<br />
February.<br />
1995 “Still Life Influences,” Brown Bag Series, School of Art, University of<br />
Michigan, Ann Arbor.<br />
August.<br />
1993 “Arrangement and Metaphor,” Lecture for Docents, Kalamazoo Institute<br />
of <strong>Arts</strong>, January.<br />
1991 Slide-lecture for Lakeland Painters group, Grand Haven, Michigan.<br />
1990 Artist Dialogue: “The Still-Lifes of Sharon Sandberg,” Lecture for Grand<br />
Rapids Art Museum.<br />
1987 Gallery Talk, South Bend Art Center, Indiana.<br />
HONORS AND AWARDS:<br />
1996 Merit Award, “27 th Annual <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition, Festival ‘96”, Grand<br />
Rapids Art Museum,<br />
Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />
1987 Jean Paul Slusser Award Finalist, University of Michigan (Juried by<br />
School of Art Faculty).<br />
Was one of two graduate students chosen as a finalist out of 2 nd year<br />
M.F.A. candidates in Scholarship Exhibition.<br />
HONORS AND AWARDS: (cont.)<br />
1987 (cont.) University of Michigan Rackham Fellowship<br />
1987 Painting Award, State-wide Competition, Art Center of Battle Creek,<br />
Battle Creek,<br />
Michigan.<br />
1986 University of Michigan, School of Art Scholarship.<br />
1980 FMB Lumberman’s Bank Award – Painting, “53 rd Annual West Michigan<br />
Regional”,<br />
Muskegon Museum of Art, Muskegon, Michigan.<br />
50<br />
50
TEACHING EXPERIENCE:<br />
1997-present Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art. <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, PAINTING,<br />
DESIGN, and DRAWING.<br />
1994 Visiting Professor, School of Art, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,<br />
SUMMER PAINTING<br />
WORKSHOP, August.<br />
1989-1996 Adjunct Faculty, Grand Valley State University, 2-DIMENSIONAL<br />
DESIGN, INTRODUCTION TO DRAWING, INTERMEDIATE<br />
DRAWING.<br />
1988 Adjunct Faculty, Kendall <strong>College</strong> of Art & Design, BASIC DESIGN.<br />
1985-1986 Teaching Assistant, University of Michigan, School of Art, BASIC<br />
DRAWING I and II,<br />
COLOR THEORY and LIFE DRAWING.<br />
EXHIBITIONS (Selected):<br />
ONE PERSON, TWO PERSON & THREE PERSON EXHIBITIONS:<br />
2000 Ferris State University, Rankin Center Gallery, “Don Kerr and Sharon<br />
Sandberg, Still Life and<br />
Figure Painting”, Two person exhibition. November.<br />
Saginaw Art Museum, “Sharon Sandberg, Paintings from the Nineties to<br />
the Present”.<br />
SOLO EXHIBITION, October-November.<br />
LaFontsee Galleries, “Points of View”, Three person exhibit, (Dellas<br />
Henke, Ivan Fortushnik),<br />
Grand Rapids, MI. April-June.<br />
1998 The Grand Rapids Art Museum, “Sharon Sandberg: The Essential Still<br />
Life”, SOLO EXHIBITION.<br />
March, April, and May.<br />
1997 Plymouth Art Center, Community <strong>Arts</strong> Council, Two person exhibition.<br />
“Is There Still Life?”<br />
(Mary Stephenson), Plymouth, MI, October.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Faculty Show, Three person<br />
exhibit, (Dana Freeman, Kurt Kaiser, Sharon Sandberg.) November-<br />
December.<br />
1997 LaFontsee Galleries, “Still Fresh”, Two person exhibit, (Patricia<br />
Hendricks), Grand Rapids, MI.<br />
May-June.<br />
51<br />
51
1996 Kingston University, Knights Park Gallery, “Works On Paper”.<br />
Two person show: (Don Kerr),<br />
Kingston upon Thames (London), England. November.<br />
Creekside Studios, Deptford, London, England. Art in Perpetuity Trust:<br />
“Open Studios” exhibition. Two person show: Sandberg/Kerr.<br />
September.<br />
1995 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, “A Closer Look: the poetry of silence”, Grand Rapids,<br />
Michigan, SOLO<br />
EXHIBITION. September-October.<br />
1993 Krasl Art Center, St. Joseph, Michigan. SOLO EXHIBITION. October-<br />
November.<br />
Center Art Gallery, Calvin <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />
“Objectification’s,” A still life invitational featuring Ilene Curtis, Sharon<br />
Sandberg and Carol VermEulen. October-November.<br />
ONE PERSON, TWO PERSON & THREE PERSON EXHIBITIONS: (cont.)<br />
1992-1993 Kalamazoo Institute of <strong>Arts</strong>, Kalamazoo, Michigan. “Arrangement and<br />
Metaphor: Extending the Still Life Tradition”, Two person show:<br />
Sandberg/Curtis. December-February.<br />
1991 Hefner Galleries, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Three person show:<br />
Everhart/Pederson/Sandberg.<br />
October-November.<br />
1990 Sazama Gallery, Chicago, Illinois. SOLO EXHIBITION. September.<br />
Hefner Galleries, Grand Rapids, Michigan. SOLO EXHIBITION. April-<br />
May.<br />
1989 Keeler Gallery, Fountain Street Church, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Two<br />
person: Kerr/Sandberg.<br />
1988 Frauenthal Center, Bettye Clark-Cannon Gallery, Muskegon, Michigan.<br />
“Inside-Outside,”<br />
Mayer/Overvoorde/Sandberg.<br />
1987 South Bend Art Center, W.A.L Gallery, South Bend, Indiana. Two<br />
person: Ruffe/Sandberg.<br />
Slusser Gallery, University of Michigan, School of Art, Ann Arbor,<br />
Michigan. Master of Fine <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition.<br />
52<br />
52
53<br />
1986 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Two person. Kerr/Sandberg.<br />
1985 Creative <strong>Arts</strong> Gallery, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant,<br />
Michigan. SOLO EXHIBITION.<br />
1983 Urban Institute for Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong>, Race Street Gallery, Grand<br />
Rapids, Michigan. Two person show<br />
in conjunction with Stage 3 production of one-act plays. Ruffe/Sandberg.<br />
53
SCHOUSEN, STEPHEN, M.F.A.<br />
Professor of Art<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
1. Academic Degrees<br />
M.F.A. University of Massachusetts 1982 Printmaking<br />
B.A Marietta <strong>College</strong> 1977 Art<br />
Teaching Certification Marietta <strong>College</strong> 1978<br />
2. Professional Experience<br />
1982-present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> studio<br />
instructor<br />
1980-1982 University of Massachusetts teaching<br />
assistant<br />
1981 studio assistant to Alfred Leslie<br />
1979-1980 Wood County Schools, Parkersburg ,W.Va. teacher<br />
3. Faculty Load<br />
Fall Semester, 2002<br />
AT 130 Basic Drawing I<br />
3 semester hours<br />
AT 340 Printmaking 3<br />
semester hours<br />
AT 111 Art for Non-Majors 3<br />
semester hours<br />
Spring Semester, 2002<br />
AT 131 Basic Drawing II<br />
3 semester hours<br />
AT 201 Figure Drawing<br />
3 semester hours<br />
AT 340 Printmaking 3<br />
semester hours<br />
Other Collegiate Assignments, 2002<br />
Committee On Studies Sp. 02<br />
Advisory Council on General Education F. 02<br />
4. Current Professional and Academic Association Memberships<br />
<strong>College</strong> Art Association<br />
5. Selected Exhibitions<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Faculty Show 2002<br />
Group Show, LaFontsee Gallery 2002<br />
Group Faculty Exhibition, Brisbane Australia 2001<br />
54<br />
54
6. Research<br />
Imagery created with four plate, color intaglio process<br />
Continued development of graphite drawings.<br />
7. Gallery Association<br />
LaFontsee Gallery<br />
Grand Rapids Michigan<br />
55<br />
55
ART DEPARTMENT COURSE SYLLABI<br />
56<br />
56
AT 130 Basic Drawing I Steve Schousen<br />
8:00-10:50 TF Office – AMC 134<br />
Fall 2001 Ext. 3427 or home 454-2729<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This is a studio art course that will focus on drawing from observed life and on the development of<br />
traditional drawing skills and design. We will work towards developing a sensitivity to form, materials and<br />
design that is responsive to the unique visual properties of the subject. Exploration of materials will also<br />
constitute an important part if this course. While you are not expected to master each of the materials<br />
introduced this semester, your work should reflect a search for the creative potential inherent in each.<br />
GOALS<br />
1. To provide the student with an opportunity to engage in visual problem solving using a variety of 2dimensional<br />
black and white media.<br />
2. To provide the student with a general knowledge of academic drawing.<br />
3. To encourage the student to become increasingly sensitive to the visual qualities of their environment.<br />
At the end of this course the student will be able to:<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
1. Prepare a portfolio of drawings demonstrating mastery of issues covered.<br />
2. Demonstrate competency in his/her ability to draw from life (using plumb lines and measuring).<br />
3. Create a convincing 3-dimensional illusion using line only.<br />
4. Create a convincing 3-dimensional illusion using graded tone only.<br />
5. Demonstrate mastery of 1 and 2 point linear perspective.<br />
6. Demonstrate how atmosphere perspective can control the illusion of 3-dimensions.<br />
7. Competently evaluate a drawing’s formal strengths and weaknesses.<br />
8. Discuss and write about 2-dimensional works of art.<br />
9. Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic design principles with the drawing process.<br />
10. Demonstrate familiarity with the following drawing materials: pencil, charcoal, pen and ink, and ink<br />
wash.<br />
REQUIREMENTS<br />
1. Excellent attendance. (see attendance policy).<br />
2. Participation in all class exercises, textbooks discussions, and critiques.<br />
3. Satisfactory completion of all drawing assignments.<br />
4. Completion of all homework assignments.<br />
5. Portfolio. A portfolio of all drawings completed during the semester must be submitted on<br />
December 14. In anticipation of that need, please do not roll your drawings as this makes them<br />
impossible to spread out and view. Use a flat portfolio (homemade or purchased) to transport your<br />
drawings to and from class, and use your assigned flat file drawer to store them in the drawing<br />
room.<br />
6. Writing assignment. Each week during the first eight weeks of class, you will be assigned a<br />
master drawing to copy. A written analysis of the composition and the artists’ use of materials<br />
must also be turned in with the copy.<br />
GRADING PERCENTAGES<br />
60% quality and craftsmanship of finished drawings and final portfolio contents<br />
20% homework<br />
10% participation in critiques and discussions<br />
10% writing assignments<br />
57<br />
57
attendance ( see attendance policy).<br />
GRADING<br />
The following factors are considered when evaluating work:<br />
1. Acquisition of drawing skills (60%)<br />
This semester, we will work with a number of design issues, traditional drawing methods and new<br />
drawing media. Your effort should be sufficient to demonstrate mastery of these methods,<br />
materials, and design issues. This means that you will occasionally need to put in extra time and<br />
rework some of your assignments. Simply completing all of the assigned projects does not insure<br />
a passing grade in this course. Shape analysis, line variation and shading are three key skills for<br />
you to concentrate on this semester.<br />
2. Homework (20%)<br />
Expect to put in 5 (five) hours per week outside of class time.<br />
3. Participation (10%)<br />
4. Writing Assignments (10%)<br />
5. Attendance (see attendance policy)<br />
ATTENDANCE POLICY<br />
Department policy states: "absences in excess of five will result in an automatic no credit." Further, more<br />
than three absences will result in a lower grade.<br />
Do not come late to this class. Discussions, examples, slides and directions are frequently presented during<br />
the first 15 minutes of each class. The instructor reserves the right to consider absent anyone who is more<br />
than 10 minutes late.<br />
DO NOT COPY PHOTOGRAPHS IN THIS CLASS!!<br />
NO CARTOONS IN THIS CLASS!!<br />
MATERIALS<br />
Paper:<br />
1- 18x24 newsprint pad<br />
1- 18x24 pad Strathmore 400<br />
18x24 charcoal paper - white, gray and black as needed<br />
Pencils:<br />
1 - 2H, 1-2B, 1-HB<br />
color pencils: 1-black, 1-white, 1-gray<br />
58<br />
58
Charcoal:<br />
1 - package vine charcoal<br />
compressed charcoal<br />
Conte crayons: 1-black, 1-white<br />
Erasers:<br />
1-synthetic pink pearl<br />
1-kneaded<br />
Ink, Brushes and Pens:<br />
1 - holder<br />
2 - pen tips<br />
1 - bottle of India ink<br />
1 - small and 1-large brush (Japanese brushes work well)<br />
3 - jars with lids<br />
Assorted:<br />
masking tape<br />
ruler or yard stick<br />
spray fixative<br />
sandpaper<br />
pencil sharpener<br />
59<br />
59
OUTLINE OF CLASSES AND ASSIGNMENTS<br />
8/28 class: orientation/supplies<br />
8/31 class: blind contour<br />
homework: due 9/7<br />
copy: Hockney<br />
-3, 10min blind contour drawings<br />
-3, 20 min contour drawings of a cut flower<br />
-1, 60 min contour drawing of a cut flower w/ eraser corrections<br />
9/4 no class (Labor Day)<br />
9/7 class: contour<br />
homework: due 9/14<br />
- copy: Dine<br />
-3, 10 min. blind self portraits<br />
-1, 60 min. contour drawing self portrait<br />
-2, 45 min. tree trunk studies<br />
9/11 class: contour tree trunks / in-process critique<br />
9/14 class: negative space<br />
homework: due 9/21<br />
-copy: Demuth<br />
-1, 60 min neg. space drawing<br />
-1, 1-2 hr. drawing pos and neg space drawing<br />
9/18 class: measuring, angles, proportions<br />
9/21 class: measuring, angles, proportions<br />
homework: due 9/28<br />
-copy: Morandi<br />
-1, 60 min still life horizon line in middle of still life<br />
-1, 60 min drawing horizon above of still life<br />
9/25 class: cross contour<br />
9/28 class: cross contour<br />
homework: due 10/5<br />
-copy: Kollowitz<br />
-2 hour self-portrait w/cross contour<br />
-2 hour drawing cloth and fruit using cross contour<br />
10/2 class: straight line drawing<br />
10/5 class: perspective<br />
homework: due 10/12<br />
-copy: Van Gogh<br />
-2 drawings of a chair, (1 in 1 pt. perspective and 1 in 2 pt. perspective)<br />
10/9 class: perspective<br />
10/12 class: perspective<br />
10/16-10/19: Your assignment during this week- in class and homework- is to create a drawing<br />
that sums up what you have learned so far, a midterm project. Subject matter will be your choice but<br />
remember that you are to work on this drawing in class and during your homework time. This drawing<br />
should demonstrate mastery of the issues covered so far.<br />
60<br />
60
10/23 no class (mid term break)<br />
10/26 no class (mid term break)<br />
10/30 class: value scales, pencil and charcoal<br />
11/2 class: three tone images<br />
homework: due 11/9<br />
-1, three tone image<br />
-1, three tone image evolved into many tones<br />
11/6 class: three tone image<br />
11/9 class: toned sphere<br />
homework: due 11/16<br />
-toned sphere<br />
11/13 class: toned sphere<br />
11/16 class: ink wash<br />
homework: due 11/23<br />
-interior<br />
11/20 class: ink wash<br />
11/23 class: eraser drawings<br />
homework: due 11/30<br />
-self portrait in charcoal<br />
11/27 no class (Thanksgiving)<br />
11/30 class: eraser drawings<br />
12/4 class: drapery<br />
12/7 class: drapery<br />
12/11 class: drapery<br />
12/14 class: last class and critique<br />
-finish up and turn in portfolios<br />
12/17-21: individual critiques<br />
61<br />
61
This course AT 130 Basic Drawing I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />
Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and<br />
the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement<br />
instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own<br />
classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and<br />
learning.<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />
2.2.1 Creative processes<br />
2.2.3 techniques.<br />
2.2.5 social functions.<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />
2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork<br />
and the artwork of others.<br />
62<br />
62
AT 131<br />
Steve Schousen<br />
Basic Drawing II<br />
AMC 134<br />
Spring ’02 ext.3427 (H) 454-2729<br />
Course Description<br />
This semester we will concentrate on creating a limited number of finished<br />
drawings, on exploring a variety of drawing materials and on critiquing and<br />
reworking the drawings as they progress. I have broken the semester down<br />
into eight units of two weeks each. Each unit will center on a particular<br />
subject mater and we will explore the subject with a variety of materials and<br />
approaches. Each unit will culminate in a finished drawing, (occasionally<br />
two or three), that represents two weeks of work. Working critiques will be<br />
held at least once per unit and the evolution of the drawing and the final<br />
image should reflect consideration of issues raised in these discussions.<br />
A typical unit will progress something like this:<br />
Day 1. Introduction of drawing material, introduction of subject<br />
matter, initial experiments with materials and subject.<br />
Day 2. Continued experimentation, critique of initial drawings and<br />
ideas, start of finished drawing<br />
Day 3. Working session on finished drawing, group critique of work<br />
in progress.<br />
Day 4. Working session.<br />
Each two-week project will be graded and I will keep track of the following<br />
information:<br />
1. Experimentation<br />
2. Compositional interest<br />
3. Understanding of basic skills<br />
4. <strong>Visual</strong> interest<br />
5. Grade at critique<br />
Successful completion of these drawings requires confidence in the skills<br />
presented last semester. While I don’t expect you to have mastered all of<br />
them I do hope that you are familiar with things like perspective, blind<br />
contour and shading and that you can work independently on your drawings.<br />
Realize that all of the skills introduced last semester will continue to develop<br />
as you work toward completion of these drawings.<br />
63<br />
63
64<br />
Occasionally I will assign homework projects that are separate from the<br />
work we do in class. For the most part, however, your homework<br />
assignment this semester will be to work on the in-class drawings and push<br />
them towards completion. This is an opportunity for you to really<br />
concentrate on a limited number of drawings and to integrate the exploration<br />
of materials, development of basic skills and design into a finished<br />
statement. For this to succeed you need to take responsibility for the<br />
direction of your work. Rather than concentrating on meeting requirements<br />
I want you to begin to experiment with materials, process and subject and<br />
learn to follow the direction your work seems to want to go. I want you to<br />
become aware of an emerging stylistic consistency in your work. To get to<br />
this level you need to budget enough time for experimentation and<br />
refinement. If you are not putting in at least 4-5 hours outside of class per<br />
week you are shortchanging yourself and will have a hard time progressing<br />
to a self directed level. Remember, any system but neglect will work.<br />
Working a little each day makes sense as does budgeting 2 or 3 longer<br />
sessions per week. If you try to cram the time in and rush things at the end it<br />
will show and the work will suffer.<br />
Do not copy photographs in this class.<br />
Critiques<br />
Your participation in the critiques – both your attendance with your drawing<br />
and your comments and critiques of your colleagues drawings – is a critical<br />
part of this class. At times these critiques get long and boring. At times we<br />
tend to say the same thing about almost every drawing. Regardless of how<br />
long the critique is or how repetitive the comments are it is vitally important<br />
for you to concentrate on each drawing and express your honest opinion to<br />
each person. When you leave the critique you should have a good idea<br />
about what works in the drawing, what seems confusing, and what you will<br />
do next.<br />
Goals<br />
1. To engage in visual problem solving using a variety of 2-dimensional<br />
black and white drawing media.<br />
2. To demonstrate an increased sensitivity to the visual qualities of their<br />
environment<br />
3. To create finished visual images that combine traditional drawing<br />
skills, composition and process.<br />
4. To demonstrate an awareness of an emerging stylistic consistency.<br />
Objectives<br />
At the end of the semester the student will be able to:<br />
64
65<br />
1. Prepare a portfolio of eight to twelve drawings demonstrating mastery<br />
of issues covered.<br />
2. Demonstrate competency in your ability to make accurate visual<br />
observations<br />
3. Demonstrate how atmospheric perspective can control the illusion of<br />
3-dimensions.<br />
4. Competently evaluate a drawing’s formal strengths and weaknesses.<br />
5. Discuss and write about 2-dimensional works of art.<br />
6. Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic design principles, traditional<br />
drawing practices and process.<br />
7. Demonstrate familiarity with the following materials: pencil, charcoal,<br />
pen and ink, and ink wash.<br />
Requirements<br />
1 Regular attendance<br />
2. Consistent effort and initiative<br />
3 Completion of each unit<br />
4. Portfolio of eight finished drawings<br />
5. Evidence of consistent outside effort<br />
6 Participation in critiques<br />
Attendance<br />
Departmental policy states: absences in excess of three will result in a lower<br />
grade and absences in excess of five will result in an automatic “no-credit”.<br />
Materials:<br />
Pen and ink<br />
Water color brush<br />
Pencils<br />
Charcoal<br />
Kneaded eraser<br />
Hard eraser<br />
Cheap oil brush<br />
Ink<br />
18 x 24 Strathmore 400 pad<br />
18 x 24 newsprint<br />
Charcoal paper as needed<br />
Other paper as need<br />
Course Calendar<br />
Unit one Edges due 1/28<br />
Materials: charcoal, graphite, ink wash<br />
65
For critique on Mon. 1/21 bring the following three drawings<br />
1. rope cord wire<br />
2. non-objective<br />
3. representational image<br />
Unit two Three tone study due 2/11<br />
Materials: poster paint, ink wash, water color brush,<br />
Unit three Paper bags due 2/25<br />
Material: pen and ink<br />
Unit four Interior due 3/11<br />
Materials charcoal graphite ink wash<br />
Unit five Negative space due<br />
Materials experiment with many materials<br />
Unit six Trees due<br />
Materials experiment with a variety of materials<br />
Unit seven Superimposed imagery due<br />
Materials pencil<br />
Unit eight Self portrait due<br />
Materials experiment with many materials<br />
This course AT 131 Basic Drawing II, meets the following guidelines from<br />
the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />
2.2.1 Creative processes.<br />
2.2.4 expressive content.<br />
2.2.6 communicative qualities.<br />
66<br />
66
AQUINAS COLLEGE<br />
ART 140<br />
TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
Principles of two-dimensional design as a foundation for understanding art work. This is a studio<br />
art course that examines the formal qualities of two-dimensional art. Individual design elements<br />
will be introduced and examined in a series of abstract exercises. Orchestration of design issues<br />
will develop as the semester progresses.<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
1. To learn to coordinate eye, mind, and hand in the creation of 2-dimensional artwork.<br />
2. To gain understanding of principles of composition on a 2-dimensional plane.<br />
3. To learn to handle art materials with a sense of precision and care in the practice of basic<br />
2-D techniques.<br />
4. To gain an introductory understanding of color in both theory and practice.<br />
5. To begin establishing an art vocabulary.<br />
METHODS OF LEARNING<br />
1. The primary method of learning in this course will be studio work, using various design<br />
elements (line, shape, color, etc.) and applying them to 2-D design principles (balance, repetition,<br />
variety, etc.). Each of six projects will begin with related exercises, multiple sketches, resolved<br />
solutions, and finally a critique (class discussion) of the outcome of the work.<br />
2. Reading assignments from the text as well as slide lectures by the instructor will<br />
introduce vocabulary and art concepts.<br />
3. Assignments will include visits to specified art exhibits in the local area, followed by<br />
essays written in response to them.<br />
TEXT<br />
Design Basics by David A. Lauer, Fifth Edition, Holt, Rhinehart, Winston 2000<br />
EVALUATION AND TESTING<br />
Student work will determine the calculation of a final grade as follows:<br />
Six studio assignments (@ 11% ) 66%<br />
Two essays in response to art shows (@ 5%) 10%<br />
Three exams on art vocabulary and concepts (@ 8%) 24%<br />
Total 100%<br />
ATTENDANCE POLICY<br />
Attend class regularly. Absences should be rare and only for unavoidable reasons. Each absence<br />
in excess of three will reduce a student's grade by one-third of a letter (B becomes B-, B- becomes<br />
C+, etc.). Departmental policy states that absences in excess of 6 will result in an automatic "No<br />
Credit” as a grade for the class.<br />
The class is designed to include inspiration through word and work from student to student as part<br />
of the learning methodology. All students have something to offer and to gain from each other’s<br />
work, and are expected to be at each class meeting to contribute to this on-going dialogue.<br />
The beginning of each class period is important because that's when discussions take place and<br />
examples and directions are frequently presented. So the instructor reserves the right to consider<br />
absent anyone who is late.<br />
Always come to class ready with assigned materials and tools and with assigned work.<br />
Critiques are essential to each assignment. Absence from a critique will effect the grade of the<br />
project being critiqued.<br />
INSTRUCTOR<br />
Kurt Kaiser, AB3D, Extension 3601, home phone 454-4351.<br />
Office hours: Mondays and Thursdays 9:30-12 & 3:05-4:35, and Fridays 11-1:30, or by<br />
appointment. Do not hesitate to talk to the instructor about any needs you have in the class.<br />
Ask for help and clarity as needed.<br />
HINTS<br />
To get a respectable grade in this class do the following, listed in order of importance.<br />
1. Do all that is assigned and expected, which means go to all classes, and carry out all<br />
assignments.<br />
67<br />
67
68<br />
2. Give time and attention to doing everything well and with care.<br />
3. Apply talent and cleverness to your work. Notice that this comes last as a priority. Talent is<br />
never a substitute for diligence, care, and hard work.<br />
MATERIALS<br />
Provided by students:<br />
Broad & fine black permanent markers,<br />
X-acto knife,<br />
Extra X-acto blades,<br />
Glue stick,<br />
Bristol board pad, 14”x17”<br />
Photo copies,<br />
Scissors,<br />
Rubber erasure,<br />
Black stamp pad,<br />
Drawing pencil (6B),<br />
Metal straight edge ruler,<br />
Paint brushes for water based paints:<br />
#0 round and ¼“ flat,<br />
Magazines for cutting,<br />
Illustration board, 2@ 10x 10 "<br />
6 pocket folders,<br />
Other found materials TBA<br />
Provided by the Art Department<br />
Black paper, Paints, Paint containers Tracing paper, Spray glue, Pallets for painting, Rubber cement, Mat<br />
board, Sketch paper, Colored papers, etc.<br />
68
This course AT 140 2-D Design, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />
educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />
sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />
2.2.1 Creative processes<br />
2.2.5 social functions.<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />
2.4.1 major traditional theories of art and design.<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.2 Written and oral views<br />
2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />
artwork of others.<br />
69<br />
69
AT141<br />
3-D Design<br />
Course Description:<br />
Structural spatial and organizational problems centered around basic 3-dimensional materials.<br />
This course is intended to introduce students to factors unique to three-dimensional design:<br />
vocabulary, composition of form and space, critical evaluation, and 3-d materials and techniques.<br />
Goal:<br />
To provide an introduction to art through a focus on concerns that are specific to 3-dimensional art.<br />
Objectives:<br />
Students will learn about<br />
Principles of design in 3-dimensional art.<br />
Pattern in 3-d.<br />
Value in 3-d.<br />
Physical structural concerns in 3-d construction.<br />
Color in 3-dimenwional materials<br />
Time as the 4 th dimension.<br />
Methods of Learning:<br />
This is a problem solving course. Studio problems, often preceded by studio exercises, and always<br />
followed by critique discussion, will be the primary means of learning. The instructor will also use<br />
slide presentations to clarify course content. There will be reading assignments from the text<br />
followed by quizzes. And students will be assigned two short essays on personal responses to<br />
specific local art exhibits to be announced.<br />
Text: Shaping Space, 2 nd Edition by Paul Zelanski and Mary Pat Fisher.<br />
Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.<br />
Attendance:<br />
The attendance policy for this course is simply that you are expected to be present at all class<br />
meetings in full. Any absences above three will each reduce your grade by one third of a letter. (B<br />
becomes B-. B- becomes C, etc.) More than six absences will result in no credit for the class. If an<br />
absence had to take place, it is your responsibility to mention it to the instructor as well as to inform<br />
yourself regarding what was missed in class. Since much of the content of a day's course work will<br />
be established at the beginning of the class meeting, it is important that you be there on time.<br />
Chronic lateness will also detract from your grade. Students are expected to come to class<br />
equipped with what ever was assigned for that day, whether it is certain materials or a completed<br />
assignment.<br />
Other Expectations:<br />
Important toward getting a good grade in this class are the following:<br />
a) Be here!<br />
Attend all class meetings, prepared to work, with assigned materials in hand,<br />
b) Do the work!<br />
Carry out all the studio problems and other assigned work.<br />
c) Challenge yourself!<br />
Do quality work that reflects self challenge.<br />
Each finished project is due at the critique at the beginning of class on the due date. It is important<br />
that both art and artist be present at the critique for full credit on the project.<br />
Since learning is the primary objective of this class, students may rework a project if dissatisfied<br />
with a grade.<br />
And please do your part in cleaning up and putting things away at the end of each class meeting.<br />
70<br />
70
Evaluation:<br />
6 projects @ 12 = 72%<br />
3 quizzes @ 6 = 18%<br />
2 essays @ 5 = 10%<br />
Total 100%<br />
Instructor:<br />
Kurt Kaiser, AB3D, Extension 3601, home phone 454-4351.<br />
Office hours: Mondays and Thursdays 9:30-12 & 1-2:30, Tuesdays 11-12 and Fridays 11-2:30<br />
or by appointment.<br />
Academic Assistance:<br />
Call Student Support Services, Ext. 3711<br />
Materials (tentative list; clarification will be given in class)<br />
wire cutter pliers,<br />
knives, X-acto and/or utility,<br />
ruler or tape measure,<br />
black spray paint,<br />
paint brushes, 2" and smaller,<br />
artist's choice of identical multiples ,<br />
(250 or more) for problem 2,<br />
other as needed.<br />
Materials provided by the Art Dept.:<br />
wire,<br />
polystyrene,<br />
plaster,<br />
clay,<br />
paint,<br />
etc.<br />
Tentative Calendar Spring 2002<br />
AT141 2-D Design<br />
Jan 15 Introductions Jan 18 Project 1A Read Ch. 6<br />
Jan. 22 Project 1B Ch. 4 Jan 25 Project 1C Ch. 5<br />
Jan 29 PP. 2-12 Feb 1 Project 1 critique<br />
Feb 5 Ch. 3 Feb 8 Project 2A<br />
Feb 12 Project 2B Feb 15 test I<br />
Feb 19 Project 2 critique Feb 22 Chs. 8, 14, & pp. 12-20<br />
Feb 26 Project 3A Mar 1 Essay 1<br />
71<br />
71
Mar 5 Project 3B Mar 8 Project 3 critique<br />
S P R I N G B R E A K<br />
Mar 19 Pages 33-38 Mar 22 Project 4 exercises<br />
Mar 26 Essay 2 & exercises Mar 29 Good Friday<br />
Apr 2 Project 4 critique Apr 5 Ch. 10, exercises on Pr. 5<br />
Apr 9 Test 2 Apr 12 Work on 5<br />
Apr 16 Work on Project 5 Apr 19 Project 5 critique<br />
Apr 23 Chs. 7, 9, 11, 12 & 13 Apr 26 Work on 6<br />
Apr 30 Test 3 May 3 Work on 6<br />
May 8, 8 A.M. Project 6 critique<br />
This course AT 141 3-D Design, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Education (LQ).<br />
1.8 innovative use of technology<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches<br />
2.2.1 creative processes<br />
2.2.2 organizational structures.<br />
2.2.4 expressive content.<br />
2.2.5 Social functions<br />
2.2.6 communicative qualities.<br />
2.5.1 make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical perspectives.<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Art Department<br />
Mission Statement of the Art Department<br />
We train artists, art historians, and visual arts administrators, and provide service courses for non-art majors.<br />
Through our courses, we aspire to build an appreciation for the rich interchange of images and ideas that can happen<br />
between art and other academic disciplines. Our graduates in art have been encouraged to consider their future<br />
professional role in the context of both the contemporary world and the historical world. Besides a reverence for art<br />
history, they have been taught appropriate skills of mind, hand, and eye. They have been helped to find the next<br />
steps in their life journey, and have been challenged to be the best they can be in their chosen specialty. Non-majors<br />
who take our courses become better able to evaluate the visual aspects of their environment ,understand the value of<br />
creative problem solving, and appreciate art in history. And they often find their study of art to be profoundly<br />
nourishing to the spirit.<br />
Course Syllabus and Calendar<br />
AT 150 Art Survey I<br />
72<br />
72
I. Identifying Information:<br />
First Semester 2002-2003<br />
Location and Times: Monday, Thursday: 9:30 – 10:45; 11:00 – 12:15<br />
AB 154<br />
Instructor: Marie Celeste Miller, O.P., Ph.D.<br />
Home Number: 616-575-5608<br />
Work Number: 616-632-2410<br />
E-mail Address: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />
Office Hours: Monday and Thursday: 1:30 – 3:30<br />
Tuesday: 8:30 – 11:00; 2:00 – 4:00<br />
Friday: 8:30 – 11:00<br />
II. Textbook: Art History (2 nd Edition) Vol. 1 by Marilyn Stokstad, Prentice Hall and Harry N. Abrams,<br />
Inc. , 1999<br />
III. Course Description: Goals and Objectives<br />
This is <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>’s Survey of Art I, beginning with the Art of the Caves and moving through<br />
history to the Art of the Age of the Cathedrals.<br />
GOAL OF THE COURSE:<br />
This is the general goal of the course: that you become acquainted with the major art movements and<br />
art objects/monuments from prehistoric times through c. 1350 in Western Europe; the Near East; Egypt<br />
and sub-Saharan Africa; China; Japan; the Americas. You will acquire a knowledge of period styles as<br />
well as a knowledge of the principal artists and architects from these cultures.<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES:<br />
By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />
Identify major art monuments or objects within the time frame given above and discuss their<br />
significance<br />
Analyze works of art in terms of the visual elements and principles of design within a historical<br />
framework<br />
Describe and discuss art styles and artistic traditions of the time periods and cultures within the<br />
framework of this course<br />
Make general but accurate observations about the historical and cultural background in which the art<br />
and architecture was created<br />
Have a general understanding of the materials and techniques in the art shown in this course<br />
Improve the understanding of a variety of media<br />
Improve writing skills through the team projects and websearch<br />
Improve the ability to organize and synthesize information<br />
Improve the ability to work in teams to organize information and share it effectively with others<br />
through the learning team projects<br />
73<br />
73
IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />
Learner outcomes are found above under course objectives; these are what the outcomes should be for<br />
the student who is successful in this course.<br />
EVALUATION OF STUDENT WORK<br />
Tests (4): 40%<br />
Learning Team Projects and Accompanying Writing (2): 30%<br />
Websearch and accompanying writing: 10%<br />
Short Written Pieces based on Videos/Websites: 10%<br />
Participation: 10%<br />
V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />
COURSE DESIGN<br />
Because this is a survey course, one that takes you on a great tour of art from that made by the men and<br />
women from the cave civilizations to the art made by men and women of the Cathedrals, not just in<br />
Europe but in the Orient, Africa and the Americas, we will not study every chapter together. And not<br />
all the parts of the chapters will be equally important.<br />
So for each chapter that we consider together, I have provided you with a study sheet which outlines<br />
the terms, ideas and images you need to know. These study sheets are found under the button entitled<br />
Assignments. There you will also find detailed explanations of all assignments.<br />
As a teacher and as a student who continues to learn, I have come to believe that students learn "more"<br />
and "better" when they are active learners. The more they become involved in their work, the greater<br />
responsibility they assume for their own learning, the more successful they are. Not only do they learn<br />
the subject matter, but they grow personally and professionally. I have been thinking about this as I<br />
prepared this course for you. And so, there will be opportunities for other modes of learning besides<br />
listening to a lecture.<br />
The methods we will use to achieve course goals and objectives will include:<br />
• Critical reading of the text<br />
• Interactive lectures<br />
• Collaborative learning<br />
• Independent learning<br />
• Slides, videos, viewing and learning from selected world wide web sites and written pieces<br />
accompanying them<br />
• Two Learning Team projects<br />
• A websearch and accompanying writing<br />
• Four tests<br />
COURSE MECHANICS<br />
AT 150, Art Survey I, is an on-campus course with a support website.<br />
You are expected to attend all class sessions. On days when we are not meeting as a large group, but<br />
we are meeting in learning teams, I expect you to check in with me in the Library at the beginning of<br />
the class period. The Art Department attendance policy is: after three absences, your grade will fall<br />
one full letter grade; with four absences, two full letter grades, and beyond that, N.C.<br />
If you come tardy to a class, it is your responsibility to see me to be sure you are checked in as present<br />
for the day's work. If you do not, you will be considered absent.<br />
74<br />
74
Assessment Tools Used<br />
for Evaluation and<br />
GradingProject<br />
Elements<br />
If you are tardy more than 3 times, you will take a comprehensive final examination.<br />
Make up tests for test 1,2 and 3 will be given only with a Doctor's note. There will be one scheduled<br />
time for these tests. There is no possibility of make up for test 4 which is the final examination.<br />
Fulfill assignments on time. Late work will be penalized.<br />
Academic Honesty: In any assignment, if you use the exact words from any source (websites, CD-<br />
Roms, videos, interviews, database articles, paper resources such as books and journal articles), you<br />
must enclose those words in quotation marks and acknowledge the source. If you do not use quotation<br />
marks and cite the source, you are guilty of plagiarism.<br />
In any assignment, if you use the language of any source with only a slight change in wording, and if<br />
you don't acknowledge your source, you are guilty of plagiarism.<br />
Plagiarism is an extremely serious offense. A plagiarized assignment receives a failing grade and a<br />
student who plagiarizes may fail a course.<br />
Students who cheat on a test or help another student during a test will fail the test.<br />
All the information and help you will need for the successful completion of the course, aside from your<br />
textbook, are on this website. You are expected to use it for the Calendar, for Assignments and Study<br />
Guides, for the Syllabus, to view slides under the button entitled, Slide Library. The Resource button<br />
will provide you with links to other web sites which will give you additional information on the works<br />
and periods we are studying. There are links to virtual museums where you can visit exhibitions and<br />
see art from the period we are studying. Under Resources, I also list videos and selected print<br />
resources in the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Library that can help with your projects and paper.<br />
In the study guides for each chapter, the key monuments are listed as "Art to Remember". For these<br />
works of art, you should know the title of the work; the artist (if known); the date; and salient or<br />
important characteristics. We will talk more about that in class.<br />
All slides viewed in class will be available to you on the website under the button, Slide Library. In<br />
addition, there are other images and details not provided in your text under this button.<br />
Fact Sheet Incomplete information;<br />
and/or quality below<br />
college- level<br />
work;and/or key<br />
questions<br />
unaddressed;and/or weak<br />
organization; theories not<br />
explained.<br />
Reflection Questions Incomplete and underdeveloped<br />
responses; less<br />
than college-level study<br />
and thinking; poorly<br />
composed and<br />
organized; grammatical<br />
problems<br />
1 3 5<br />
Information is superficial<br />
for college-level work; all<br />
questions are addressed;<br />
somewhat organized;<br />
theories are explained;<br />
material is presented<br />
neatly and professionally.<br />
<strong>Complete</strong> response to the<br />
questions; shows collegelevel<br />
study and thinking;<br />
organization of thought<br />
evident; fair command of<br />
the written language.<br />
75<br />
In-depth, college-level<br />
information; all questions<br />
are thoroughly addressed;<br />
clear and evident<br />
organization; theories are<br />
thoroughly explained;<br />
presentation of material<br />
enhances learning.<br />
Response full and rich in<br />
discussion of the<br />
questions; uses clear,<br />
accurate, relevant facts to<br />
explain thinking; shows<br />
in-depth study and<br />
thinking; masterful<br />
75
Learning Team Project #2 Rubric<br />
76<br />
organization of ideas;<br />
succinct but not choppy;<br />
composition shows welldeveloped<br />
vocabulary<br />
and variety to sentence<br />
structure.<br />
CRITERIA 1-8 9 - 16 17 - 20<br />
Contents Some elements required<br />
for the packet are<br />
missing; and/or minimal<br />
number of project<br />
materials included.<br />
Quality of Packet Packet is poorly designed<br />
and presented; shows<br />
minimal work and effort;<br />
less than college-level<br />
materials; language not<br />
used well; grammatical<br />
Packet contains<br />
introduction to topic;<br />
short informational<br />
essays; illustrations;<br />
maps; timelines;<br />
bibliography; listing of<br />
contents; title and<br />
relevant illustration on<br />
the exterior of packet;<br />
names of team members<br />
on exterior.<br />
Packet is neatly designed<br />
and attractively<br />
presented; college-level<br />
work; shows good<br />
command of the language<br />
in grammar, spelling,<br />
Packet contains all of the<br />
required elements; far<br />
more than minimal<br />
number of project<br />
materials are included to<br />
enhance learning.<br />
Packet looks<br />
professionally designed<br />
and well presented;<br />
shows creativity ;more<br />
than minimal collegelevel<br />
work by showing<br />
76
Informal Sharing by<br />
Teams<br />
and spelling errors; very<br />
little organization<br />
evident; bibliography not<br />
strong enough to support<br />
project; mistakes in<br />
bibliographical form.<br />
(and/or)<br />
Presenters are difficult to<br />
hear; rate of speaking too<br />
fast or too slow;<br />
presentation sounds as if<br />
it was read; very little<br />
interest or enthusiasm<br />
evident; lacks sufficient<br />
eye contact; words<br />
mispronounced; shows<br />
little preparation;<br />
inappropriate length.<br />
(and/or)<br />
Collaboration A separate form will be<br />
distributed in class to<br />
evaluate individual work<br />
and collaboration within<br />
the groups.<br />
composition; shows some<br />
organization; appropriate<br />
form for bibliography.<br />
Presenters can be heard;<br />
rate of speech is<br />
adequate; speakers use<br />
notes only occasionally;<br />
shows some interest in<br />
topic; good eye contact ;<br />
some organization is<br />
evident; sounds as<br />
though presentation has<br />
been prepared; speakers<br />
can pronounce words<br />
used; appropriate length.<br />
Web and Data Base Search Rubric<br />
77<br />
depth and complexity of<br />
ideas; engaging,<br />
pertinent details;<br />
evidence of analysis,<br />
reflection, insight;<br />
precise, rich language;<br />
careful, suitable<br />
organization;<br />
bibliography shows<br />
substantial research and<br />
appropriate form is used.<br />
Speakers show a flair for<br />
communicating with the<br />
audience; depth of<br />
knowledge of the<br />
material; clear evidence<br />
of research; involves all<br />
of the audience with eye<br />
contact; strong<br />
organization; presentation<br />
is polished; all words<br />
pronounce correctly; does<br />
everything possible to<br />
help audience learn;<br />
appropriate length.<br />
77
Criteria 0 - 10 11 - 16 17 - 20<br />
Relevance of Results Relevance of the web<br />
research to the topic is<br />
not clear; findings not<br />
completely identified.<br />
Fewer than 5 sites<br />
researched<br />
Clarity of Report Process not clearly<br />
delineated and recorded;<br />
report wanders; key<br />
points not identified.<br />
Report marred by errors<br />
in use of written<br />
English.<br />
Depth of Search Relies on first level<br />
search results; no<br />
evidence of deeper<br />
exploration; information<br />
simply repeats material<br />
in text.<br />
Presentation Presenter is difficult to<br />
hear; rate of speech too<br />
fast/slow; presentation<br />
sounds read or sounds<br />
not practiced; little<br />
interest or enthusiasm<br />
evident; shows little<br />
preparation; dress and<br />
demeanor inappropriate.<br />
VI. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />
Search results are<br />
relevant to the topic;<br />
indicates some breadth<br />
to the search ( between<br />
4 and 8 sites researched)<br />
. Findings identified.<br />
Links followed.<br />
Information organized<br />
and clearly presented;<br />
process clearly<br />
delineated and<br />
recorded. report reflects<br />
college-level use of the<br />
written English.<br />
Results and process<br />
reflect some in-depth<br />
exploration in the<br />
search; follow-up<br />
linkages explicit;<br />
information broader<br />
than what is given in<br />
text.<br />
Presenter can be heard;<br />
rate of speech adequate;<br />
uses notes only<br />
occasionally; shows<br />
interest in topic; some<br />
good eye contact; some<br />
organization is evident;<br />
presentation has been<br />
practiced; speaker can<br />
pronounce words<br />
correctly; dress and<br />
demeanor appropriate.<br />
78<br />
Results are highly<br />
relevant; evidence of a<br />
very broad search<br />
including many<br />
different types of sites;<br />
at least 9 researched;<br />
information clearly<br />
stated. Links followed.<br />
Research findings<br />
clearly organized and<br />
integrated. Process<br />
reporting allows easy<br />
replication. Report<br />
shows precise and<br />
careful use of language.<br />
Topic is explored to a<br />
significant depth; links<br />
are followed and clearly<br />
identified; topic fully<br />
explored and<br />
information integrated.<br />
Speaker shows a flair of<br />
communication with the<br />
audience; depth of<br />
knowledge; involves all<br />
the audience with good<br />
eye contact; strong<br />
organization;<br />
presentation is polished;<br />
all words pronounced<br />
correctly; dress and<br />
demeanor appropriate.<br />
Support services for academics are found in the AcademicAchievement Center on the third floor of the<br />
Academic Building. They are wonderful people who are skilled in helping students with study skills,<br />
and academic skills of all sorts.<br />
Policy regarding Academic Dishonesty is embedded in Course Mechanics, in part V of this syllabus.<br />
78
VII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings<br />
CALENDAR<br />
August 25<br />
• Introduction to the course and to each other<br />
• Explanation of the website and assignments<br />
• Explanation of Learning Team Project #1<br />
• Formation of Learning Teams<br />
August 28<br />
• Meet in AB 355 and 357 (9:30 section) or in the Library classroom (11:00<br />
section) for instruction on Online Resources in Art History<br />
September 4<br />
• Student Presentations of Learning Team Project #1<br />
• Discussion of Chapter 1: Prehistory and Prehistoric Art in Europe<br />
September 8<br />
• Discussion of Chapter 2: The Art of the Ancient Near East and In-class work<br />
• Web assignment on Ancient Near East (See Assignment Page;click on u<br />
Assignment Accompanying Website/Videos/CD-Roms)<br />
• Explanation of Learning Team Project #2<br />
September 22<br />
• Presentations of Learning Team Project II<br />
• Discussion of Chapter 3: The Art of Egypt<br />
September 25<br />
• Continuation of discussion and in-class work on Chapter 3<br />
79<br />
79
September 29<br />
• Discussion and in-class work on Chapter 5: The Art of Greece<br />
October 2<br />
• Continuation on Chapter 5: The Art of Greece<br />
October 6<br />
• Test I<br />
October 9<br />
• Explanation of Individual Websearch Projects<br />
October 20 - 24 Break Week<br />
October 27<br />
• Sharing of Individual Websearch Projects<br />
• Discussion of Chapter 6: Etruscan and Roman Art<br />
October 30<br />
• In-class work on Etruscan and Roman Art<br />
November 3<br />
• Discussion and in-class work on Chapter 7: Early Christian, Jewish and<br />
Byzantine Art<br />
80<br />
80
November 6<br />
• Test II<br />
November 10<br />
• Discussion and work on Chapter 10: Chinese Art before 1392<br />
November 13<br />
• Discussion and work on Chapter 11: Japanese Art before 1392<br />
• Discussion of internet material on Early Japanese Art (See assignments<br />
accompanying Website/video/ cd-rom material)<br />
November 17<br />
• Test III<br />
November 20<br />
• Discussion and work on Chapter 12: Art of the Americas<br />
• Discussion of internet site on Teotihuacan; see page entitled, Assignments<br />
Accompanying Website/Video/CD-Rom Material from Assignment Page<br />
November 24<br />
• Discussion and work on Chapter 13: The Art of Ancient Africa<br />
• Discussion of internet material/video on Ancient Africa (see study guide for this<br />
chapter)<br />
November 27<br />
• Thanksgiving<br />
December 1<br />
• Discussion of Chapter 15: Romanesque Art with highlights from Chapter 14 on<br />
Early Medieval art<br />
81<br />
81
December 5<br />
• Beginning of work on Chapter 16: Gothic Art<br />
• Internet assignment on the Bayeux Tapestry ( see Assignments accompanying<br />
website/video/cd-rom material<br />
December 8<br />
• Continuation of work on Chapter 16: Gothic Art<br />
December 11<br />
• Continuation of work on Chapter 16: Gothic Art<br />
• Review for Final Exam<br />
Final Exam as Scheduled by the Registrar<br />
• 9:30 Section: Exam on Tuesday, December 16 at 8:00 a.m.<br />
• 11:00 Section: Exam on Monday, December 15 at 1:00 p.m.<br />
82<br />
82
Here you will find websites and names of videos that will serve as terrific resources for<br />
your Learning Team Projects, your websearch and report, and your general study of the<br />
art period within the range of this course. They are meant to be time-saving short cuts<br />
for you. In addition, there are many more great sites waiting to be discovered by you<br />
through the use of Profusion or other search engines. Paper resources and videos will<br />
be placed on reserve in the library at the time that they will be helpful for your<br />
assignments.<br />
Occasionally, as part of your chapter work, I will send you to one of these sites or to<br />
view a video to enhance the material in a chapter.<br />
Here they are....Have fun!<br />
PREHISTORY AND PREHISTORIC ART (EUROPE)<br />
http://www.stonepages.com/ A comprehensive, online guide to European and other megaliths; good<br />
links.<br />
http://www-sor.inria.fr/~pierre/lascaux/ Excellent information and images on the caves of Lascaux.<br />
http://stonehenge.20m.com Various aspects of Stonehenge are explained here.<br />
http://www.mysteriousplaces.com/stonehenge/index.html Visit to Stonehenge. Beautiful<br />
photographs and good information<br />
http://www.arthistory.sbc.edu/sacredplaces/sacredplacesintro.html Chris Whitcombe's site describing<br />
course on sacred and ancient places...good site<br />
http://www.greatbuildings.com/buildings/Stonehenge.html Good outline of facts, a commentary and<br />
links<br />
http://exn.ca/mysticplaces/Stonehenge.cfm A good site...information on construction of Stonehenge<br />
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/stonehenge/ Archived questions and answers from this public T.V.<br />
presentation on Stonehenge...valuable<br />
http://www.culture.gouv.fr/culture/arcnat/lascaux/en/index.html This one is the best on the caves of<br />
Lascaux...don't miss it! Be sure to go to all the various parts of the site to receive the full benefit of<br />
information and colorful images! Great for the first project!<br />
83<br />
83<br />
VIII.<br />
R<br />
e<br />
s<br />
o<br />
u<br />
r<br />
c<br />
e<br />
s<br />
/<br />
R<br />
e<br />
f<br />
e<br />
r<br />
e<br />
n<br />
c<br />
e<br />
s<br />
L<br />
i<br />
s<br />
t
ART OF THE ANCIENT AMERICAS<br />
http://www.Kimbellart.org/database/ Truly excellent images of Aztec, Huastec, Maya, Zapotec and<br />
Cocle at the Kimbell Art Museum in Texas...Images are exquisite and they have good<br />
descriptions...notice other areas besides the Ancient Americas<br />
http://www.umass.edu/arthist/pots/main.html The Hollister Collection of Native American pottery.<br />
Many good images<br />
http://archaeology.la.asu.edu/teo/intro/citymp1.htm A well developed site on Teotihuacan. Interesting<br />
material!<br />
http://archaeology.asu.edu/teo/index.php A site with good information on the ancient city of<br />
Teotihuacan.<br />
THE ART OF EGYPT AND THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST<br />
84<br />
84
http://www.osirisweb.com/egypt/ One of the best...excellent visuals. updated often<br />
http://www.memphis.edu/egypt/egypt.html Good Site on Egypt<br />
http://www.bergerfoundation.ch/cgi-bin/home Egyptian art from World Art Treasures; also has<br />
information on Chinese and Japanese images<br />
http://guardians.net/egypt/sphinx/index.html The Great Sphinx of Giza<br />
http://www.Kimbellart.org/database/ The Kimbell Art Museum in Fort Worth...its database can lead<br />
you to Antiquities (Egypt, Ancient Near East etc) as well as African, Greek art<br />
http://www.thebritishmuseum.ac.uk/ Good images, information on Egyptian attitudes toward death,<br />
tombs, etc. Also under online-learning, world culture, notice the wonderful information on the People of<br />
Ur and the Babylonians. Superb site!<br />
http://www.memphis.edu/egypt/main.html Tours of Egypt, Exhibitions, good site<br />
http://www.metmuseum.org/collections/department.asp?dep=10 Visit the New York Metropolitan to<br />
see their Egyptian collection...one of the finest outside Cairo<br />
http://www.rom.on.ca/egypt/case/ This is a terrific site with a wide range of information presented<br />
simply and clearly ...might be a big help to you projects. Don't miss the timeline..from the Royal<br />
Ontario Museum. Has links to other websites and is well organized<br />
http://www.bergen.org/AAST/Projects/Egypt/ A good site on Egyptian religion, social and cultural<br />
life, Art, Hieroglyphics and Links to other good sites<br />
http://witcombe.sbc.edu/ARTHancient.html A gateway to tons of websites...of varying quality but all<br />
kinds of information...Ancient Near East, Egypt, Greece, Etruscan and Roman too. Don't miss this one.<br />
http://guardians.net/hawass/ This is the website for Dr. Zake Hawass, Director of the Giza Pyramids and<br />
Sakkara...has the latest archeological findings and discusses evidence for the theory that the Sphinx is<br />
thousands of years older than archeologiests claim. Don't miss this one.<br />
http://www.thebeadsite.com/BB-AMFA.html Egyptian Faience Amulets.<br />
http://members.aol.com/egyptmouse/bentndx.html Tour of Snefru's Bent Pyramid<br />
http://crystalinks.com/bentpyr.html Good on the Bent Pyramid...Diagrams and pictures with<br />
straightforward and detailed text.<br />
http://touregypt.net/hdyn4.htm Excellent site on the 4th dynasty, the Pyramid builders...first-rate text<br />
and information.<br />
http://www.akhet.co.uk/ This site has good information on a variety of Egyptian topics, especially those<br />
related to Akhenaten and his times.<br />
http://kate.stange.com/egypt/linknef.htm Here is a site that focuses just on links to Queen Nefertiti<br />
information.<br />
http://www.nationalgeographic.com/egypt/ This is the National Geographic's site and material on the<br />
discovery of King Tut's grave. It is superb!<br />
http://www.geocities.com/gpkillen/index.html<br />
Interesting site related to Egyptian furniture and woodworking.<br />
http://exn.ca/egypt/default.asp Learn here about the Art and History of Egypt with Canada's discovery<br />
channel.<br />
ART OF THE ANCIENT AMERICAS<br />
85<br />
85
http://www.Kimbellart.org/database/ Truly excellent images of Aztec, Huastec, Maya, Zapotec and<br />
Cocle at the Kimbell Art Museum in Texas...Images are exquisite and they have good<br />
descriptions...notice other areas besides the Ancient Americas<br />
http://www.umass.edu/arthist/pots/main.html The Hollister Collection of Native American pottery.<br />
Many good images<br />
http://archaeology.la.asu.edu/teo/intro/citymp1.htm A well developed site on Teotihuacan.<br />
Interesting material!<br />
http://archaeology.asu.edu/teo/index.php A site with good information on the ancient city of<br />
Teotihuacan.<br />
Greek and Roman Art<br />
http://www.umich.edu/~kelseydb/Exhibits/WondrousGlass/ This is a wonderful exhibition of ancient<br />
Roman glass.<br />
http://www.educationindex.com/archeol/ This is a link to Archeology Resources and includes a wide<br />
range of sources for things Greek and Roman as well as other areas that fall under archeology.<br />
http://witcombe.sbc.edu/ARTHLinks.html This is a great site with a wide range of sources on a variety<br />
of Art History periods and works. Links to you many more sites than those in the Roman period....really<br />
fine.<br />
http://edsitement.neh.fed.us/ This is a website from the National Endowment for the Humanities which<br />
features a section on Art....good material here. This is a general site, not specifically Greek and Roman,<br />
but it could hold possibilities for your work.<br />
http://www.arhu.umd.edu/ This is the web address for the <strong>College</strong> of <strong>Arts</strong> and Sciences in the University<br />
of Maryland. If you go to the Art History department or the Classics department, you might find among<br />
their Resources or Materials online some good links to Roman subjects..<br />
http://www.umich.edu/~hartspc/histart/ This is the website for the Art History department of the<br />
University of Michigan....if you click on the History of Art links...and go to the Kelsey Museum button,<br />
you will find "Links to other Online Resources for Classical Art and Archeology" This might provide<br />
some help for you.<br />
http://www.bergerfoundation.ch/index_english.html This is the art site for the Berger Foundation....good<br />
material here.<br />
http://www.bu.edu/AH/resources.html#online This is the Resources page from Boston University's Art<br />
History area....there is a subdivision of this called, Online Resources,which might be helpful.<br />
http://www.umich.edu/~hartspc/histart/mother/index.html This is the Mother of All Art History Links. It<br />
is housed under the University of Michigan but is maintained by a group of individuals, not the University<br />
of Michigan itself. It is a wonderful site with an abundance of material. Worth a look!<br />
http://www.ilpi.com/artsource/welcome.html This is Art Source...and it leads to Architectural resources,<br />
many online journals and other general resources....this is a good site.<br />
http://www.clr.utoronto.ca/VIRTUALLIB/arch.html. This is the Architectural Virtual Library which<br />
might be a good lead for any topic that deals with Architecture.<br />
http://www.crystalinks.com/rome.html This is a site that focuses on Ancient Rome...covers the Baths,<br />
86<br />
86
Architecture, and aspects of Roman life...really good!<br />
http://www.deadromans.com Here is a site with information about the Forum, the Colosseum, Emperors,<br />
and links to other Roman sites.<br />
http://www.ou.edu/class/ahi4163/files/main.html An unusual site with a great deal of information about<br />
the Etruscans<br />
http://www.unc.edu/courses/rometech/public/content/arts_and_crafts/Susan_Hampton/Roman_Glass.html<br />
This is a site that is devoted to glassmaking, especially by the Romans<br />
http://www.julen.net/aw/ This is a huge search site with a multitude of links to art, architecture, and life in<br />
the ancient world.<br />
http://www.museum.upenn.edu/Greek_world/Index.html Here is a wonderful site on the Ancient world<br />
with information on their art and beyond.<br />
http://www.mysteriousetruscans.com/ This is a very complete site on the art, history and lifestyles of the<br />
Etruscans.<br />
http://www.roman-emperors.com/ Here is a site on the Roman Emperors that you might fine helpful<br />
now only in this course, but possibly in others as well.<br />
Art of Eastern Asia: China, Japan<br />
http://kaladarshan.arts.ohio-state.edu/ Excellent Asian Collections(over 300,000 slides)<br />
http://www.asianart.com/index.html Excellent infomation on Asian <strong>Arts</strong>...Lists Asian exhibitions<br />
world-wide, good articles, online galleries<br />
http://www.asianart.com/splendors/index.html Asian Art Museum of San Francisco!<br />
http://www.npm.gov.tw/index.htm National Palace Museum, Taiwan...one of the very best;excellent<br />
images and information<br />
http://www.bergerfoundation.ch/cgi-bin/home Wonderful images of Chinese Art as well as Egyptian<br />
and Japanese<br />
http://www.oir.ucf.edu/wm/paint/tl/japan/ Brief article on Japanese art and architecture with links to<br />
the major periods in Japanese art.<br />
http://www.nyu.edu/gsas/dept/fineart/html/chinese/index.html Chinese and Japanese Art History<br />
Virtual Library.<br />
http://www.c-c-c.org/ Here is the Chinese Cultural Center with great links to <strong>Arts</strong> and Architecture, to<br />
Philosophy and Art....this one is worth a look.<br />
http://www.wsu.edu:8080/~dee/ANCJAPAN/ART.HTM A site dedicated to the most interesting early<br />
Japanese art.<br />
http://emuseum.mnsu.edu/prehistory/china/index.html What a wonderful site on China with information<br />
given through maps, timelines and short focused presentations on the culture.<br />
http://www.essential-china.net/02_history/index.htm This provides information on the history of China<br />
in the form of tables and outlines....good background information.<br />
http://www.guggenheim.org/exhibitions/past_exhibitions/china/rotunda.html This is the site of the<br />
Guggenheim Museum and it highlights the blockbuster exhibit, China: 500 years. You'll love it!<br />
The Art of Africa<br />
87<br />
87
http://www.si.edu/nmafa/exhibits/currexhb.htm National Museum of African Art..Great Exhibits<br />
http://www.manntaylor.com/rockart.html A site on the people of the Sahara Desert and Saharan Rock<br />
Art<br />
http://www.lib.virginia.edu/clemons/RMC/exhib/93.ray.aa/African.html African Art: Aesthetics and<br />
Meaning...beautiful electronic exhibit!<br />
http://www.artnetweb.com/guggenheim/africa/index.html Excellent African Art images with clickable<br />
map of Africa..showing art from the major areas of Africa...terrific site<br />
http://www.Kimbellart.org/ When you get to the Kimbell Art Museum site (Texas), click on<br />
Collections, then on Africa...and you will find excellent examples of sculpture with good written<br />
material accompanying them.<br />
http://www.si.edu/resource/faq/where/Africa.htm Good examples of the classical art of Benin. Don't<br />
miss the fact that there is a link to the National Museum of African Art!<br />
http://www.si.edu/nmafa/exhibits/benintwo.htm A wonderful site on the people and art of Benin..West<br />
Africa.<br />
http://www.sas.upenn.edu/African_Studies/Home_Page/WWW_Links.html A resource list of African<br />
web links...good resource.<br />
http://www.nmafa.si.edu/exhibits/beninsp.htm This site gives images and information about key works<br />
from the Kingdom of Benin<br />
http://cti.itc.virginia.edu/%7Ebcr/African_Mask.html This is an interesting site concerning the art of the<br />
African Mask.<br />
Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic Art<br />
http://www.exploreturkey.com/ist_byza.htm Excellent site. Looks at Hagia Sophia, Byzantine<br />
structures: scroll to other sites ancient Turkey, Greek, Roman,Troy.Wonderful pictures<br />
http://www.archaeology.org/online/news/sophia.html Byzantine images and the restoring of Hagia<br />
Sophia.<br />
http://www.thais.it/scultura/romanica.htm Excellent Romanesque sculpture from Italy.<br />
http://www.archaeology.org/online/news/sophia.html Recent restoration of Hagia Sophia.<br />
http://www.io.com/%7Etapestry/index.html Here is a wonderful resource on the History of Tapestry<br />
and Wall Hangings.<br />
http://www.hastings1066.com This is a terrific site on the Bayeux tapestry...visually rich as well as full<br />
of good information.<br />
http://www.learn.columbia.edu/Mcahweb/index-frame.html Wait til you see this site....it has everything<br />
you ever wanted to know about the Cathedral at Amiems....a very thorough site with wonderful images<br />
and college-level text that provides an in-depth study of the cathedral.<br />
Art Survey II<br />
Course Description<br />
Syllabus<br />
Matrix Reference<br />
88<br />
88
AT 151<br />
Course Description<br />
In this course, you as students will become acquainted with the major art movements and art objects/monuments<br />
from about 1350 through the beginning of the 20th century in western Europe, China, Japan, the Pacific area, Africa<br />
and the United States. You will acquire a knowledge of period styles as well as a knowledge of the principal artists<br />
and architects from these cultures.<br />
By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />
• Identify major art monuments or objects within the time frame given above and discuss their significance<br />
• Analyze works of art in terms of the visual elements, principles of design, and techniques<br />
• Describe and discuss art styles and artistic traditions of the time periods and cultures within the framework of<br />
this course<br />
• Make general but accurate observations about the historical and cultural background in which the art and<br />
architecture was created in terms of specific visual sources.<br />
• Develop a level of visual literacy by training the eye to see the elements of art at work in pieces of art and<br />
architecture<br />
• Have a general understanding of the materials and techniques in the art shown in this course<br />
• Improve writing skills through the team projects and the paper<br />
• Improve the ability to organize and synthesize information<br />
• Improve the ability to work in teams to organize information and share it effectively with others through the<br />
learning team projects<br />
89<br />
89
SYLLABUS<br />
Instructor: Sister Marie Celeste Miller<br />
E-Mail: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />
Office Art and Music Center, Room 204<br />
Office Phone: 459-8281, Ext. 3425<br />
Office Hours: Monday and Thursday: 1:30 - 3:30<br />
Tuesday: 9:00 - 11:00; 1:30 - 3:30<br />
Friday: 9:00 - 11:00<br />
GOAL OF THE COURSE<br />
This is the general goal of the course: that you as students become acquainted with the<br />
major art movements and art objects/monuments from about 1350 through the<br />
beginning of the 20th century in western Europe, China, Japan, the Pacific area, Africa<br />
and the United States. You will acquire a knowledge of period styles as well as a<br />
knowledge of the principal artists and architects from these cultures.<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />
• Identify major art monuments or objects within the time frame given above<br />
and discuss their significance<br />
• Analyze works of art in terms of the visual elements, principles of design, and<br />
techniques<br />
• Describe and discuss art styles and artistic traditions of the time periods and<br />
cultures within the framework of this course<br />
• Make general but accurate observations about the historical and cultural<br />
background in which the art and architecture was created in terms of specific<br />
visual sources.<br />
• Develop a level of visual literacy by training the eye to see the elements of art<br />
at work in pieces of art and architecture<br />
• Have a general understanding of the materials and techniques in the art shown<br />
in this course<br />
• Improve writing skills through the team projects and the paper<br />
• Improve the ability to organize and synthesize information<br />
• Improve the ability to work in teams to organize information and share it<br />
effectively with others through the learning team projects<br />
TEXT<br />
We will use Art History (Second Edition), Vol. II by Marilyn Stokstad, Prentice Hall<br />
and Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 2002<br />
COURSE DESIGN<br />
90<br />
90
Because this is a survey course, one that takes you on a great tour of art from that made<br />
by the men and women of the Renaissance to the art made by individuals of the 20th<br />
century, not just in Europe, but in the Orient, Africa, and the Pacific islands, we will<br />
not study every chapter together. And not all the parts of the chapters will be equally<br />
important.<br />
So for each chapter that we consider together, I have provided you with a study sheet<br />
which outlines the terms, ideas and images you need to know. These study sheets are<br />
found under the button entitled Assignments. There you will also find detailed<br />
explanations of all assignments.<br />
As a teacher and as a student who continues to learn, I have come to believe that<br />
students learn "more" and "better" when they are active learners. The more they<br />
become involved in their work, the greater responsibility they assume for their own<br />
learning, the more successful they are. Not only do they learn the subject matter, but<br />
they grow personally and professionally. I have been thinking about this as I prepared<br />
this course for you. And so, there will be opportunities for other modes of learning<br />
besides listening to a lecture.<br />
The methods we will use to achieve course goals and objectives will include:<br />
• Critical reading of the text<br />
• Interactive lectures<br />
• Problem solving approaches to projects<br />
• Collaborative learning<br />
• Independent learning<br />
• Slides, videos, viewing and learning from selected world wide web sites<br />
• Two Learning Team projects and one Individual Project (Exhibit)<br />
• Three tests<br />
Specifics about the daily workings of the course can be found under Course Mechanics.<br />
Be sure to go to this link to remind yourself of course procedures.<br />
EVALUATION OF STUDENT WORK<br />
Tests (3): 30%<br />
Learning Team Projects (2): 20%<br />
Exhibit: 30%<br />
Early Renaissance Assignment: 10%<br />
Participation: 10%<br />
91<br />
91
Matrix Reference<br />
AT 151<br />
This course meets the following standards for Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education:<br />
1.4: model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />
classroom and the art education settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />
continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />
prepare students to do the same in their classrooms.<br />
1.8: are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer<br />
technology within the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research, and<br />
instructional purposes.<br />
2.3.1: western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />
2.3.3: non-western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />
2.3.5: design history.<br />
2.3.6: cultural studies.<br />
2.3.7: media literacy.<br />
2.3.8: gender studies.<br />
2.4.1: major traditional theories of art and design.<br />
2.4.3: the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.1: make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of<br />
theoretical perspectives.<br />
92<br />
92
Art 201-202 Steve Schousen<br />
Advanced and Life Drawing AMC – Room 134<br />
Fall 2002 ext. 3427 (H) 454-2729<br />
Course Description<br />
This is a studio art course that will focus on drawing from the observed figure, the development of traditional<br />
drawing skills, experimentation with materials, and nurturing an awareness of an emerging individual style.<br />
Everyone will work from the figure during class sessions and we will all follow the same critique schedule.<br />
Homework assignments, however, will vary depending on course level. Individual homework calendars are outlined<br />
below. We will have a critique of homework and in-class drawings once every two weeks and all other classes will<br />
be devoted to drawing from the nude. In addition to academic correctness, we will focus on developing a sensitivity<br />
with form, materials and design which is responsive to the unique visual qualities of your subject. Exploration of<br />
materials will also constitute an important part of the course. While you are not expected to master each of the<br />
materials introduced this semester, your work should reflect a search for the creative potential inherent in each. By<br />
the end of the semester, you are expected to create a group of mature, finished drawings.<br />
Goals<br />
1. To provide the students with an opportunity to engage in visual problem solving involving the figure and<br />
other subject matter using a variety of 2-dimensional black and white media.<br />
2. To provide the student with background in academic figure drawing.<br />
3. To encourage students to become increasing sensitive to the visual qualities of their environment.<br />
4. To focus on and identify each students’ individual approach to image making.<br />
Objectives<br />
At the end of this course the students will be able to:<br />
1. Prepare a portfolio of drawings demonstrating mastery of issues covered.<br />
2. Accurately record visual observations in proper proportion.<br />
3. Create a convincing figure drawing using line only.<br />
4. Create a convincing figure drawing using graded tone only.<br />
5. Demonstrate how atmospheric perspective can control the illusion of 3-dimensions.<br />
6. Competently evaluate a drawing’s formal strengths and weaknesses.<br />
7. Discuss and write about 2-dimensional works of art.<br />
8. Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic design principles with the drawing process.<br />
9. Demonstrate familiarity with the following materials: pencil, charcoal, pen and ink, ink wash.<br />
Requirements<br />
1. Eight finished drawings<br />
2. Meaningful participation in all critiques, class exercises and discussions<br />
3. Acquisition of traditional drawing skills specifically – gesture, contour, measuring, /proportions, control of<br />
space, use of tone.<br />
4. Excellent attendance. If you ever hired your own nude model, you know how valuable this time is. Please<br />
arrive at class 10-15 minutes early in order to set up. This saves drawing time and does not disrupt your<br />
peers. If we set up after class starts and clean up before it ends we can easily waste 30-40 minutes of model<br />
time. You can’t afford this. I realize some of your schedules may be tight, but try to spend the class time<br />
working from the model. You have paid for it and it is a unique opportunity.<br />
93<br />
93
Grading<br />
The following factors are considered when evaluating your work.<br />
1. Acquisition of drawing skills<br />
This semester, we will work with a number of design issues, traditional drawing methods and new drawing media.<br />
Your effort should be sufficient to demonstrate competence with these methods, materials and design issues. This<br />
means that you will occasionally need to put in extra time and rework some of your assignments. Simply completing<br />
all of the assigned projects does not insure a passing grade in this course.<br />
The drawing skills I will be looking for in your drawings are:<br />
-interesting use of line<br />
-control of space<br />
-ability to observe and record observations in correct proportion and relationship to one another<br />
-ability to control graded tone<br />
-ability to compose<br />
2 Homework<br />
Expect to put in 6 hours per week, out side of class. I am looking for a consistent outside effort<br />
3. Effort & initiative<br />
4. Attendance<br />
Departmental policy states: absences in excess of three will result in a lower grade and absences in excess of five<br />
will result in a no-credit. Do not come late to this class. Discussions, examples and directions are frequently<br />
presented during the first 15 minutes of each class and you may be considered absent if you are more than 10<br />
minutes late.<br />
Homework<br />
Plan to spend 4-6 hours outside of class on homework projects. One drawing will be due every two weeks following<br />
the schedule below. A working critique will be held one week before the project is due. You are required to bring a<br />
new drawing that represents about five hours of work to each of these critiques. I also want to encourage you to<br />
bring older drawings on which you are still working to these critiques. Your participation in these critiques – both<br />
the drawings you display and your comments about your own work and the work of others- is a critical part of this<br />
class. When you leave the critique you should have a good idea about what works in the drawing, about what seems<br />
confusing and a sense of what you are going to do next.<br />
On Friday, Oct18 – the day before fall break starts- you will turn in the first three drawings, and what ever you have<br />
going for the next three, for midterm evaluation. On that day we are scheduled to have a group critique focusing on<br />
drawings # 4 – 6.<br />
On Tuesday, Nov. 22 –the last class before Thanksgiving break- I want you to turn in the next two drawings for<br />
evaluation. If you follow this schedule you will have five drawings totally finished and turned in by Thanksgiving<br />
and almost a whole month to finish up the last three.<br />
On Friday, Dec. 13 you should turn all eight finished outside drawings for final evaluation. Individual critiques or a<br />
group critique will be scheduled during exam week.<br />
94<br />
94
95<br />
Homework Schedule AT 201<br />
1. Tree trunks:<br />
-due on 9/13<br />
-working critique on 9/6<br />
-I am looking for a contour drawing which accurately describes form and shape and also suggests<br />
space. Composition and process should be an important part of the final drawing.<br />
2. Skeleton:<br />
-due on 9/27<br />
-working critique on 9/20<br />
-I would also like this drawing to be more about contour and shape than shading. Accurate<br />
observations about proportions and shapes are important, as is composition.<br />
3. Self Portrait:<br />
-due on 10/11<br />
-working critique on 10/4<br />
-Think about cross-contour lines to describe the form of your portrait. Make use of highlights and<br />
shadow cores. Finding a single, strong light source help.<br />
4. Ink Wash<br />
5. Charcoal and turpenoid on gessoed paper<br />
6. Pen and ink<br />
-two of these three drawings is due on 11/26<br />
-subject matter should be figure related: self-portrait, skeleton or figure, all from life.<br />
-composition and exploration of the material is important<br />
-accurate observations and description of form is important.<br />
7&8 undefined<br />
-I have some ideas if you can’t think of projects that will further your development. I wanted to<br />
leave these last two drawings pretty open to enable you to pursue a direction you define for<br />
yourself.<br />
Homework Schedule AT 202<br />
1. Life size skeleton drawing:<br />
-due on 9/13<br />
-working critique on 9/6<br />
-Focus on shape and proportion. A contour drawing that is almost life size.<br />
2. self-portrait<br />
-due on 9/27<br />
-working critique on 9/20<br />
-line and plane only<br />
-strong light source is essential<br />
3. Old master image- skeleton analysis<br />
-due on 10/11<br />
-working critique on 10/4<br />
4. Self portrait:<br />
-tone<br />
-Spend time looking at how other artists have creatively composed self-portraits.<br />
5. In projects five through eight I want you to pursue drawing projects of interest to you.<br />
Homework Schedule: courses beyond AT 202<br />
While you are required to bring drawings to each critique and to follow the above schedule for completion of<br />
drawings, I want you to work on a theme of your own choosing.<br />
Materials (Be sure to bring all of your materials to every class.)<br />
Paper:<br />
1 – 18x24 newsprint pad. (Purchase more as needed.)<br />
95
1 – 18x24 pad Strathmore 400<br />
1 – 18x24 Charcoal paper as needed<br />
other paper as needed<br />
Pencils:<br />
1 - 2H, 2-2B, 1-6B<br />
Color pencils (pigment and Wax); 1-Black, 1-white, 1-earth tone<br />
Charcoal and crayons:<br />
1 - pkg. vine charcoal<br />
1 –2 stick compressed – soft charcoal<br />
white charcoal pencil<br />
Conte crayons: optional<br />
Erasers:<br />
1 synthetic - pink pearl<br />
1 kneaded<br />
Ink, brushes, pens:<br />
1 – holder<br />
2 – pen tips (non-calligraphic!)<br />
1 – Bottle of black India ink – Higgins is best, stay away from acrylic-based ink-it is too thick for the pens.<br />
1 – sm. & 1g brush – Japanese brushes work well<br />
Small mixing jars and saucers<br />
1 – cheap, small oil brush<br />
Assorted materials you might want but do not need:<br />
1- roll masking tape<br />
1-12” ruler<br />
1-can fixative<br />
Sandpaper #220 or #180<br />
1 20X26 portfolio<br />
This course, AT 201 Advanced Drawing, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />
Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
2.2.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />
96<br />
96
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Art Department<br />
Mission Statement of the Art Department<br />
We are dedicated to the preparation of students for the roles of artists, art historians, visual arts administrators and art<br />
teachers, and we build in non-art majors an appreciation for the value of creative problem solving and the rich<br />
interchange of images and ideas that happen between art and other areas of life.<br />
Course Syllabus and Calendar<br />
AT 212 Beginning Photography<br />
Fall Semester 2004<br />
I. Identifying Information:<br />
Location and Times: AMC room 212, Tues./Fri. 12:15 – 3:05<br />
Instructor: Dana Freeman<br />
Home Number: 616-456-8816<br />
Work Number: 616-632-2408<br />
E-mail Address: freemdan@aquinas.edu<br />
Office Hours: MTTHF 11:00- 12:15 and 3:05-4:15<br />
II. Textbook/Video:<br />
A Short Course in PHOTOGRAPHY, 5 th edition, by Barbara London and Jim Stone,<br />
available at the Bookstore<br />
III. Course Description:<br />
Our goal in this course is to learn the techniques of a medium, here photography, to allow you express<br />
your own ideas. We will explore black and white photography, including basic camera handling, film<br />
developing and printing. Technique, aesthetics and concepts will be discussed through class critiques.<br />
Goals:<br />
1. Understand the phenomenon of photography in the context of the art world.<br />
2. Gain the ability to create strong compositions and well executed photographs.<br />
3. <strong>Complete</strong> all assignments.<br />
4. Visit the public forum for fine art, the Art Museum or Gallery.<br />
Objectives:<br />
By the end of the course a successful student will be able to:<br />
1. Identify their work in the context of the art world and art history<br />
2. Analyze the compositional/formal elements of their own artwork, and the artwork of others.<br />
3. Create a portfolio of visually and conceptually interesting and high quality photographs.<br />
4. Experience and appreciate the creative process.<br />
IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />
Learner outcomes are found above under course objectives; these are what the outcomes should be for<br />
the student who is successful in this course.<br />
I base my standards (of the industry) on my experience as a guest critic at other colleges, the standards<br />
set by my professors in graduate school for classes I taught as a teacher’s assistant, and my active<br />
survey of contemporary art through membership in the <strong>College</strong> Art Association, reading of arts<br />
journals and attending exhibitions.<br />
V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />
We will meet twice a week, mainly for hands-on demonstrations and workdays in the darkroom, but there will also<br />
be at least one fieldtrip and slide lectures. On workdays I expect you to come to class on time and report what you<br />
will be doing during the class period, which may include shooting or some other off-site work. THE<br />
PORTFOLIO-<br />
97<br />
97
98<br />
DUE TO THE HALL OUTSIDE MY OFFIC BY 5PM, Wednesday, 12/15.<br />
(Call Campus Safety x3754 to be let in after building hours to drop-off your portfolios.)<br />
Three-ring binder with your name and phone # and clear plastic sheets for each assignment-<br />
To include:<br />
>Proof sheet (and photo log for Exercises to Get to Know Your Camera) for each role of film,<br />
followed by prints for that assignment, and grade sheet! (Please MAKE IT VERY CLEAR if<br />
you’ve redone prints, especially if you’ve reworked an assignment that has already been graded).<br />
(Hockney, 16" x 20" and mats should be the only items not included)<br />
>Passing paper & paper outline from class field trip<br />
>A paragraph describing a photo exhibit you’ve attended and YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSE<br />
(class field trip does not count), and documentation, if possible (ie: announcement card)<br />
>Paragraph (with source) on 2 photographers you discovered on your own (I did not present in<br />
class) describing their work and YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSE (Internet sites o.k.)<br />
>Extra credit work (you may want to talk to me about the need for your particular situation)<br />
Please make arrangements with me if you need your portfolio back by a certain date. You can<br />
put a note on the outside of your portfolio and I’ll try to accommodate you.<br />
VI. Assessment Tools Used and Criteria:<br />
ATTENDANCE:<br />
Departmental policy states that 4 absences affect your grade and 7 absences will result in a failing grade for<br />
the course. IT IS YOUR JOB TO TALK TO ME IF YOU’LL HAVE ANY PROBLEM WITH<br />
ATTENDANCE! There will be a break in each class, sometimes structured, others up to you.<br />
GRADING: I will evaluate your progress with each project and you will receive an evaluation and grade,<br />
(see evaluation sheet). You are welcome to ask about your grade at any time.<br />
When evaluating your final grade, I will consider the following:<br />
1) Attendance- SEE POLICY<br />
In addition to meeting the departmental requirements outlined above, you are expected to be on time for<br />
class at the Art & Music Center, room 212. If you cannot meet this requirement, drop this class as soon as<br />
possible. You are expected to be present at the beginning of each class for role call and announcements.<br />
The process of photography requires, at times, that you work outside the classroom during class time, but I<br />
want you to plan to have in-lab work to accomplish most workdays. This allows for feedback from me as<br />
you are working, and class interaction.<br />
2) Effort & Initiative- 15%<br />
You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify an image as it develops. The<br />
commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential. Focus and persistence are required<br />
to make successful photographs and I expect hard work throughout the semester. (Remember, it will be to<br />
your advantage to deal with assignments prior to the last day before critiques when the darkroom will be a<br />
zoo! Give yourself time for unanticipated problems and plenty of time to clean up thoroughly! ) I also<br />
expect you to thoughtfully contribute to class critiques of both your work and that of your peers.<br />
3) Acquisition of Skills- 75%<br />
This is reflected in your grade for each project. Your efforts should demonstrate a mastery of materials,<br />
techniques, design/compositional and conceptual issues so they may be tools to draw on in your on-going<br />
work. You may need to put in extra time compared to your peers to ensure a passing grade.<br />
4) Final Presentation- 10%<br />
A neat and appropriate presentation for your work is important. I do not expect you to frame projects, but<br />
borders should be carefully trimmed and even, and photographs should be kept and presented in good<br />
condition.<br />
VII. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />
98
99<br />
Academic Dishonesty: Written or other work that a student submits must be the product of<br />
her/his own efforts. Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including<br />
dishonesty involving computer technology, are prohibited.<br />
Your names will be on file at Campus Safety- x3754- to be let into the building, darkrooms and<br />
lighting studio after hours. I recommend you sign-up for a locker downstairs in the Art & Music<br />
Center Office with Diana ($2) during business hours.<br />
VIII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings:<br />
This syllabus is subject to change. Please make an appointment if you want feedback outside these class times by<br />
calling me at home at the phone # above. Although you are expected to attend all classes, ** indicates these<br />
lectures are required! Talk to me if you anticipate missing any of them, it may mean you must drop the class!<br />
Critiques (*) are like a test- your presence and participation count toward your grade, even if you can’t<br />
present your own work. To save on material costs, all photos may be printed 5" x 7" (half sheet) unless otherwise<br />
specified.<br />
Your names will be on file at Campus Safety- x3754- to be let into the building, darkrooms and lighting studio after hours. I<br />
recommend you sign-up for a locker downstairs in the Art & Music Center Office with Diana ($2) during business hours.<br />
8/24: Orientation/discuss supplies/photograms<br />
Assignment Due 8/27: Bring 5 photographic images (from magazines) you feel make a series<br />
Reading Assignment Due 8/27: pages 3-9, 12-23, 36-41, 47-51, 54-75<br />
8/27: Discuss series of 5 photographic images<br />
Lecture**: Use of the Camera-bring your camera without film in it and manual if you have one<br />
Intro to Assignment #1, Due 9/17: Snapshot Collage after David Hockney (collage of uncut color photographs to be<br />
mounted on foam core and hung in the Corner Cafe during class- see description))<br />
Intro to Assign. #2 Due 9/21: Shooting from the Hip have film shot for class 8/31: “Film Developing”-this will be the<br />
first roll of film you will develop and print from, (series of 4 photos- see description)<br />
Reading Assignment Due 8/31: pages 77-95<br />
8/31:splitLecture**: Film Developing- bring camera, film shot “From the Hip”<br />
Reading Assignment Due 9/3: pages 97-109, 159-171<br />
9/3:split Lecture**: Printing, The Basics- bring plastic negative sheet (film will be in dryer), photo paper, compressed air<br />
Reading Assignment Due 9/7: pages 110-117<br />
9/7:split Lecture**: Printing, Demonstration: Filters, Fine printing-cropping, dodging & burning/Workday<br />
Reading Assignment: Due 9/10: pages 118-119<br />
9/10: Intro to Assignment #3, Due 9/24: Exercises- Get to Know Your Camera (proof sheet only and photo log)<br />
Darkroom Workday<br />
9/14: Demonstration: Spotting/Workday<br />
*9/17: Assignment #1 Hockney Critique (rubber cement to foam core by next class)<br />
Slides: Modernist Photographers & Postmodern Photographers<br />
*9/21: Assignment #2 Shooting from the Hip Critique (a series of 4 photos)<br />
Hang Hockneys in the Corner Café<br />
Reading Assignment Due 9/24: page 127-143, 172-173<br />
*9/24: Assignment #3 Exercises- Get to Know your Camera individual meetings (proof sheets only and photo log)<br />
Introduction to Assignment #4 Due 10/12: The Portrait (3 photos that do not need to be a series)<br />
Lighting Studio Tour/Videos<br />
99
9/28: No Class-Studio Appointments<br />
10/1: Workday<br />
Reading Assignment Due 10/5: pages 179-183 (glossary)<br />
10/5: Workday/Studio Appointments, if necessary<br />
10/8: Workday/Studio Appointments, if necessary<br />
*10/12: Assignment #4 Portrait Critique (3 photos that do not have to be a series) & Matting and Mounting 1 of your portraits<br />
Intro to Assignment #5 Due 11/15: Double Exposure (series of 4 photos Unpredictable! Expect multiple shootings)<br />
10/15: Workday<br />
10/18- 10/22: No class- Fall Break<br />
10/26: Field Trip to GRAM: Writing Assignment Due 11/9: (Response to a work from field trip- see glossary)<br />
Demonstration: Hand Coloring/Workday<br />
10/29: Workday<br />
Reading Assignment Due 11/2: pages 159-173 (review), 174-176<br />
11/2: Introduction to Assignment #6 Due 12/10: Personal Project -WORTH 2 GRADES (the equivalent of a series of 12<br />
photographs- to be determined based on your particular project)<br />
Slides: Various Photographers to give you ideas<br />
Demonstrations: Solarized and Toned photographs<br />
*11/5: Assignment #5 Double Exposure Critique (a series of 4 photos)<br />
10-minute meetings about Assignment #6: Personal Project (demos needed?)<br />
OK with me 8" x 10"'s as preparation for 16 x 20's (need to know filter, if used, f stop & time)<br />
11/9: Writing Assignment Due<br />
10-minute meetings about Assignment #6: Personal Project (demos needed?)<br />
OK with me 8" x 10"'s as preparation for 16 x 20's (need to know filter, if used, f stop & time)<br />
11/12: 16 x 20 printing of one of your negatives/Work day<br />
11/16: 16 x 20 printing of one of your negatives/Work day<br />
11/19: Dry mount & Hang 16 x 20's in Corner Cafe (bring foam core)<br />
10-minute meetings with proof sheets & any prints for Assignment #6: Personal Project/Work day<br />
11/23: Workday<br />
Reminder: the final portfolio requires you review I art exhibit and look-up 2 photographers— for details see “The<br />
Portfolio” section of this syllabus<br />
11/26: No class- Thanksgiving Break<br />
11/30: Workday<br />
12/3: Workday<br />
12/7: Workday (Toning Day!)<br />
100<br />
100
*12/10: Assignment #6 Critique (the equivalent of a series of 12 photos- to be determined based on your particular project)<br />
If you’d like an individual meeting about your portfolio, schedule it this class.<br />
Wednesday, 12/15 by 5pm- Portfolio is due outside my office door!<br />
IX. Resources/Reference List:<br />
101<br />
101<br />
MATERIALS LIST<br />
Chemistry is provided in the darkroom. Pay close attention to labels so you don’t contaminate everyone’s chemistry.<br />
Materials usually cost @ $75.00 + cost of the book<br />
MATERIALS<br />
1) Approximately 7 rolls of film-<br />
1- color film, 36 exposures for Hockney photo collage assignment (you will pay for color processing)<br />
6 Black & White Film, 24 exposures<br />
3- Bright light situations: Arista 100 speed<br />
3- Low light situations: Arista 400 speed<br />
2) Arista Multi contrast RC paper, semi-gloss 8" x 10", 100 sheets, also- 1-2 sheets 16” x 20” paper.<br />
3) 6 negative sheets to protect negatives, (you will buy a binder and sheet protectors for negative and print storage).<br />
4) 1 compressed air (essential and seems to disappear from the lab.)<br />
You will also buy:<br />
2 pieces of foam core for Hockney project and large scale print<br />
Text: A Short Course in PHOTOGRAPHY, 5 th edition, by Barbara London and Jim Stone,<br />
available at the Bookstore (approximately $38.00 used)<br />
More paper, film, etc. as needed<br />
And I recommend having a towel in your locker to wipe your hands on while printing.
Assignment:________________________________________________<br />
Name:_____________________________________________________<br />
Formal Strength<br />
Formal Resolution<br />
Conceptual Strength<br />
Conceptual Resolution<br />
Unity or N/A<br />
Craft<br />
Freshness/Vitality<br />
Grade at Critique<br />
Comments<br />
Final Grade<br />
below average average above average excellent<br />
102<br />
102
Beginning Photography- AT 212<br />
Dana Freeman, x3426, 456-8816<br />
Photography Assignments<br />
Assignment #1: Photo collage after David Hockney<br />
In this assignment you will use commercially processed 35 mm color print film: Buy a roll of 36 exposures-<br />
Outdoor bright light- use 100 ASA Good light- 200 ASA<br />
Indoor with good light-400 ASA Low light- 800 or above ASA<br />
*Note: light sources other than daylight may distort the color of your prints<br />
Select an object or scene and photograph it in parts--break the scene up into approximately 24 gridded parts to be<br />
overlapped and shoot with a 36 exposure roll. (You will have 12 extra shots for bracketing, distortions or adding<br />
extra prints around the margins.) I suggest you do one roll right away and get it developed so you can evaluate<br />
whether you need to reshoot. For the critique, piece together your composition with tape or putty, just tacking it,<br />
until you know you’ve gotten it to work as a whole. After the critique, we will attach the whole composition with<br />
rubber cement to a sturdy piece of foamcore in class.<br />
NOTE:<br />
1. You can not cut your photographs, only overlap them!! Be sure to shoot objects going off the edge of the photo so<br />
they can be overlapped into each other!!<br />
2. You will have different light meter readings as you focus on different parts of the scene. It is up to you to<br />
determine what object is the priority, and to meter to its advantage, (remember the example of the grey stones in the<br />
white stone garden).<br />
3. Concentrate on a scene for its composition, color, content and experimental possibility- take some time to<br />
create an interesting piece- exaggerate, add motion, make a photo that can’t be taken!<br />
Assignment #2 Shooting From the Hip<br />
DO NOT LOOK THROUGH THE EYEPIECE!! This project relies on chance and serendipity. It’s a good first roll<br />
to develop because you can’t get too invested in the images, and it should only take you a couple of minutes to<br />
shoot. Choose a place where images will be 3-10 feet close (ie: not a landscape) a mall, in your apartment, or a<br />
crowded bus are good examples. Set your camera at a 3-10 foot focus, and an aperture with some depth of field, and<br />
shoot into situations freely, “from the hip”. You can experiment with swinging your camera or holding it somewhat<br />
still- both can yield interesting results- but don’t try to control the image, it should look “topsy-turvey”.<br />
NOTE:<br />
1. Shoot one roll, develop it and make a proof sheet so you can see if you have pictures you can use (it can be very<br />
abstract!) If necessary, go out and try it again.<br />
2. Stick with one location for the whole project and choose a focus, shutter speed and depth of field--there’s no right<br />
or wrong here!<br />
3. Don’t try to straighten or correct compositions in printing your photographs. I want them to look “From the Hip”.<br />
103<br />
Assignment #3 Exercises to get to Know Your Camera<br />
You will be making a proof sheet only for this assignment.<br />
1. Pick a scene and shoot it approximately every hour through a sunrise or sunset shooting @ 6 frames (to include<br />
complete darkness on one end or the other. Use a shutter speed you can hold still (ie: 1/125) for as long as possible<br />
by only increasing the size of your aperture. When you can’t open your aperture any wider, increase your shutter<br />
speed. When you can’t set a longer shutter speed, use the “B” setting (you’ll have to time the seconds yourself). In<br />
complete darkness, try 30-60 second exposures.<br />
2. Two photographs of a person with their back to the sun. First set your light meter setting for the general picture<br />
of your subject blocking the sun with his/her head at a setting that gives you the greatest depth of field while still<br />
allowing you to hold the camera still. Then fill your eyepiece with the face of the person, set the light meter for this<br />
reading (that gives you the greatest depth of field while still allowing you to hold the camera still), back-up to where<br />
you were and shoot without readjusting the light meter. Be sure to get close enough to your subject- about 4 feet is<br />
good. (A lamp indoors also works, but be sure the subject’s head blocks the light.)<br />
3. Shutter as controller of motion.<br />
Stop motion: In full daylight you should be able to shoot at a fast enough speed to stop motion, 125 or faster.<br />
103
104<br />
Panning: In shaded daylight, so you can shoot with a slower shutter speed of 1/15, ¼, follow an object in<br />
motion and match its speed, take the photo following through.<br />
Show motion: In shaded daylight, shoot pictures of one object in motion at shutter speeds of 1/30, 1/8, ½, and 2<br />
seconds, if you can. Remember to change your aperture too so the exposure remains the same (middle grey).<br />
Different depths of field: Pick 3 objects in good light and place them at different depths of 1, 2, and 3 feet in front of<br />
you. With objects at eye-level, focus on the middle object and shoot one picture with the smallest aperture for a<br />
wide depth of field, one with a middle aperture for a medium depth of field, and one with the largest aperture for the<br />
least depth of field.<br />
Assignment #4: Portrait<br />
As a class we’ll go to the slide room to introduce you to the equipment. You’ll also see videos of two portrait<br />
photographers, George Hurrell photographer of the Hollywood Stars, and Annie Liebowitz, Rolling Stone<br />
Photographer in the 60's, and of contemporary well-known people. Then you’ll make a one hour appointment with<br />
me to photograph a person of your choice. This is not a series.<br />
NOTE:<br />
1.Use light and pose, along with costumes and props, to create your portrait.<br />
2. We’ll be shooting against a formal black ground- so you can ask your model to wear something that 1) sets them<br />
off from the ground (lights), 2) subtly sets them off (grays), or 3) disappears into the ground (black).<br />
3. You can use my camera if you don’t have the attachment for the strobes on yours.<br />
Assignment #5: Double Exposure Series<br />
Isolate 2-3 objects to superimpose in your double exposures. Pick them for their interesting combination of shape<br />
and content. Load film and follow light meter to shoot a roll of different angles of one or two of the items. When<br />
the roll is finished, rewind film, stopping just before leader goes into canister, (if it goes in, don’t worry, you can use<br />
the leader puller or open canister in a completely dark room and pull leader out, then close canister in the camera<br />
before exiting-and be sure you cover any red windows to the back of your camera if you have them. You’ll need to<br />
take the double exposed film directly out of your camera in the dark to roll). Shoot roll again, this time of another<br />
object. You may print part of one frame and part of another next to it- experiment! Since this assignment relies on<br />
chance, allow yourself time to shoot at least two rolls.<br />
NOTE:<br />
1. If you are shooting in a very brightly lit situation for either of the two subjects, you may want to double the ASA<br />
(ie: 200 to 400, 400 to 800, etc.) to be sure the film isn’t overly exposed and unable to take another image. Develop<br />
film at original (undoubled) ASA.<br />
2. Shoot objects that are dark or against a dark background first, (black reads on the film as clear- unaffected by<br />
light- so the next image has room on the film to register). Keep in mind that you want the background to set-off the<br />
objects, not distract from or obliterate them, (ie: a wallpaper pattern might be a nice pattern on a simple object, but<br />
too much on an object with a lot of detail). You can shoot the first time in the lighting studio to guarantee results.<br />
3. Remember, you can crop the compositions to focus on areas that are most successful.<br />
16 x 20 Print<br />
This is not a project, just a chance for you to see one of the negatives you shot during class in large format. You<br />
need to make an 8" x 10" print of the image you want to use to be able to tell me the shutter speed, aperture & filter<br />
used. The print should take only minimal dodging and burning. If you want extra prints, the cost is $2 each.<br />
Assignment #6: Personal Project<br />
This equals two grades. It can be an extension of one of the assignments you’ve already done in class-- but<br />
somehow more challenging. . You will meet with me to structure how you go about your project, and we’ll decide,<br />
based on your particular project, how many prints you’ll turn in. It will be the equivalent of 12 straight prints worth<br />
of work.<br />
104
This course AT 212 Photography I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers,<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />
educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />
sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />
2.2.1 Creative processes<br />
2.2.3 techniques.<br />
2.2.5 social functions.<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />
2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />
artwork of others.<br />
105<br />
105
<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Art Department<br />
Mission Statement of the Art Department<br />
We are dedicated to the preparation of students for the roles of artists, art historians, visual arts administrators and art<br />
teachers, and we build in non-art majors an appreciation for the value of creative problem solving and the rich<br />
interchange of images and ideas that happen between art and other areas of life.<br />
Course Syllabus and Calendar<br />
AT 213-18 Intermediate/Advanced Photography<br />
Fall Semester 2004<br />
I. Identifying Information:<br />
Location and Times: AMC room 212, DSP Saturdays 1:30 – 5:00<br />
Instructor: Dana Freeman<br />
Home Number: 616-456-8816<br />
Work Number: 616-632-2408<br />
E-mail Address: freemdan@aquinas.edu<br />
Office Hours: MTThF 11:00-12:30, 3:05-4:05, W 12-2 and by appointment<br />
II. Textbook/Video:<br />
The Practical Zone System, Johnson (optional), available at the Bookstore<br />
106<br />
III. Course Description:<br />
Our goal in Intermediate and Advanced Photography is to widen your vocabulary of photographic<br />
skills, learn about the history of photography as a fine art form, and continue to express your own ideas<br />
through the medium of photography.<br />
Goals:<br />
1. Understand the phenomenon of photography in the context of the art world.<br />
2. Gain the ability to create strong compositions and well executed photographs.<br />
3. Develop your own conceptual ideas and locate your work on the spectrum of photographic<br />
philosophies.<br />
4. <strong>Complete</strong> all assignments.<br />
Objectives:<br />
By the end of the course a successful student will be able to:<br />
2. Identify their work in the context of the art world and art history, and on the spectrum of traditional<br />
through postmodern aesthetics.<br />
2. Execute work with strong compositional/formal qualities.<br />
3. Create a portfolio of visually and conceptually interesting, and high quality, photographs that<br />
reflects their emerging voice.<br />
4. Recognize and guide their creative process.<br />
IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />
Learner outcomes are found above under course objectives; these are what the outcomes should be for<br />
the student who is successful in this course. I base my standards (of the industry) on my experience as<br />
a guest critic at other colleges, the standards set by my professors in graduate school for classes I<br />
taught a teacher’s assistant, and my active survey of contemporary art through membership in the<br />
<strong>College</strong> Art Association, reading of arts journals and going to exhibitions.<br />
V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />
We will meet five Saturdays during the semester, for all level (AT 213-18) critiques of assignments<br />
and lectures for AT 213 about the postmodern aesthetic, zone system, and the taboo of photography. I<br />
expect you to make at least one appointment with me between classes to review work-in- progress.<br />
In this class I will challenge you with three approaches:<br />
1. Readings and slide lectures.<br />
106
107<br />
2. Technical information and demonstrations<br />
3. Concept development: thinking about your ongoing work.<br />
You will submit a final portfolio of work:<br />
THE PORTFOLIO-<br />
DUE TO THE HALL OUTSIDE MY OFFIC BY 5PM, December 15.<br />
(Call Campus Safety x3754 to be let in after building hours to drop-off your portfolios.)<br />
A three-ring binder with your name and phone number and clear plastic sheets for photographs-<br />
A three-ring binder with your name and phone number and clear plastic sheets for photographs-<br />
To include:<br />
>Proof sheet (and photo log for Exercises to Get to Know Your Camera) for each role of film,<br />
followed by prints for that assignment, and grade sheet! (please MAKE IT VERY CLEAR if<br />
you’ve redone prints, especially if you’ve worked on an assignment since the critique and it<br />
hasn’t been re-graded). (Hockney , 16" x 20" and mats should be the only items not included)<br />
>Passing paper & paper outline from class field trip<br />
>Documentation and paragraph describing a visual art exhibit you’ve attended and YOUR<br />
PERSONAL RESPONSE (class field trip does not count)<br />
>Paragraph (with source) on 2 photographers you discovered on your own (I did not present in<br />
class) describing their work and YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSE (Internet sites o.k.)<br />
>Extra credit work (you may want to talk to me about the need for your particular situation)<br />
Please make arrangements with me if you need your portfolio back by a certain date. You can<br />
put a note on the outside of your portfolio and I’ll try to accommodate you. Call Campus Safety<br />
x3754 if you need to be let in after building hours to pick-up your portfolios.<br />
VI. Assessment Tools Used and Criteria:<br />
ATTENDANCE:<br />
Departmental policy states that 1 absence can affect your grade and 3 absences will result in a failing grade<br />
for the course. There will be a break in each class, sometimes structured, others up to you.<br />
GRADING: I will evaluate your progress with each project and you will receive an evaluation and grade,<br />
(see evaluation sheet). You are welcome to ask about your grade any time.<br />
When evaluating your final grade, I will consider the following:<br />
1) Attendance- SEE POLICY<br />
In addition to meeting the departmental requirements outlined above, you are expected to be on time for<br />
class at the Art & Music Center, room 212. If you cannot meet this requirement, drop this class as soon as<br />
possible. You are expected to be present at the beginning of each class for role call and announcements.<br />
The process of photography requires, at times, that you work outside the classroom during class time, but I<br />
want you to plan to have in-lab work to accomplish most workdays. This allows for feedback from me as<br />
you are working, and class interaction.<br />
2) Effort & Initiative- 10%<br />
You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify an image as it develops. The<br />
commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential. Focus and persistence are required<br />
to make successful photographs and I expect hard work throughout the semester. (Remember, it will be to<br />
your advantage to deal with assignments prior to the last day before critiques when the darkroom will be a<br />
zoo! Give yourself time for unanticipated problems and plenty of time to clean up thoroughly! ) I also<br />
expect you to thoughtfully contribute to class critiques of both your work and that of your peers.<br />
3) Acquisition of Skills- 75%<br />
This is reflected in your grade for each project. Your efforts should demonstrate a mastery of materials,<br />
techniques, design/compositional and conceptual issues so they may be tools to draw on in your on-going<br />
work. You may need to put in extra time compared to your peers to ensure a passing grade.<br />
4) Reworking- 10%<br />
You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify an image as it develops. The<br />
commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential.<br />
107
108<br />
5) Final Presentation- 5%<br />
A neat and appropriate presentation for your work is important. I do not expect you to frame projects, but<br />
borders should be carefully trimmed and even, and photographs should be kept and presented in good<br />
condition.<br />
VII. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />
Academic Dishonesty: Written or other work that a student submits must be the product of<br />
her/his own efforts. Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including<br />
dishonesty involving computer technology, are prohibited.<br />
Your names will be on file at Campus Safety- x3754- to be let into the building, darkrooms and<br />
lighting studio after hours. I recommend you sign-up for a locker downstairs in the Art & Music<br />
Center Office with Diana ($2) during business hours.<br />
VIII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings:<br />
8/28: Orientation/order supplies/discuss class goals<br />
AT213: Technical Lecture: The Zone System<br />
Intro to Assignment #1: Negative Collage (due 9/18, 2 collages, worth 1/6 of your grade)<br />
Read for 9/18: “Photography After Art Photography”, Abigail Solomon Godeau<br />
Pre-Intro to Assignment #4: Final Project (worth 2 grades- get started now!)<br />
9/13: OPTIONAL, BUT ENCOURAGED: DEPARTMENTAL TRIP TO CHICAGO<br />
Highlight: Seurat and the Making of La Grande Jatte (see info)<br />
9/18:<br />
AT213: Critique: Negative Collages<br />
Discuss Reading: “Photography after Art Photography”, Abigail Solomon Godeau<br />
Read and Discuss Reading: “From Work to Text”, Roland Barthes<br />
Paper: (Due: 10/9), Write a 3-5 page paper about the “on-going text” of your work (refer to<br />
Barthes- method, genre, signs, plurality, filiation, reading, and pleasure) citing personal influences<br />
(ie: artists or non-artists, experiences, observations, ideas), and cultural influences. Also describe<br />
where you see your work now, how you see it progressing in this class, & in the future.<br />
Intro Assignment #2: Media Magazine Negatives (due 10/9, 4 images, worth 1/6 of your grade)<br />
AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #1<br />
AT215: Critique: Response to Poetic Text<br />
AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />
10/9:<br />
AT213: Critique: Media Magazine Negatives<br />
Intro to Assignment #3: Self-Portrait (due 10/30, 6 self-portraits, worth 1/6 of your grade)<br />
Slide Lecture: “The Taboo of Real Life”<br />
AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #2<br />
AT215: Critique: Sculpture you Create<br />
AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />
10/30:<br />
AT213: Critique: Self-Portrait<br />
Discuss Assignment #4: Final Projects (due 11/20, equivalent of 12 prints, worth 2 grades)<br />
AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #3<br />
AT215: Critique: Large Scale Prints<br />
AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />
11/20:<br />
AT213: Critique: Final Project<br />
AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #4<br />
108
AT215: Critique: Narrative Series<br />
AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />
Portfolio due Wednesday, 12/15, 5pm (or sooner) in hallway outside Dana Freeman’s office door.<br />
Grade Sheet Assignment:____________________________<br />
Formal Strength<br />
Formal Resolution<br />
Conceptual Strength<br />
Conceptual Resolution<br />
Unity or N/A<br />
Craft<br />
Freshness/Vitality<br />
Grade at Critique<br />
Comments<br />
Final Grade<br />
Name:_____________________________________________________<br />
below average average above average excellent<br />
This course AT 213-218 Advanced Photography, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />
Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />
educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />
sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />
2.1.2 contemporary studio approaches<br />
2.2.1 Creative processes<br />
2.2.3 techniques.<br />
2.2.5 social functions<br />
2.2.6. communicative qualities.<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />
2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />
2.3.8 Gender Studies<br />
2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />
2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />
artwork of others.<br />
109<br />
109
AT 230, New Forms<br />
Art Department<br />
Dana Freeman<br />
Course Description:<br />
This course explores a concept-driven process of making art. Students will first gather images and research<br />
ideas through reading, videos of specific artists’ work, visiting contemporary art centers, taking photographs and<br />
video, and journal writing/sketching. They will then find an appropriate approach to develop, test and further define<br />
ideas and the form they might take. Finally, students will move to media inspired by, and specifically selected for,<br />
their project(s) to make fully realized works of art.<br />
Though our department is committed to traditional foundations training, as a liberal arts college we are also<br />
committed to preparing students to participate in the contemporary dialogue in the arts. For this, an understanding<br />
of postmodern ways of working and experiencing art is essential. The New Forms class would be the only studio<br />
course we offer (beyond a smattering in advanced photography) designed to expose art students to non-traditional<br />
approaches to art. It will compliment our art history offering, Contemporary Art, which includes some exposure to<br />
postmodern thinking. As with our other studio courses, it would be offered on several levels simultaneously, giving<br />
some students the opportunity to continue working in that manner toward a B.F.A. degree.<br />
Goals and Objectives:<br />
Understand and use a postmodern sensibility for gathering ideas and images, (a sensibility recognizing no hierarchy<br />
of ideas, thus, the ability to draw on any reference and combine ideas and images eclectically).<br />
Understand the historical context of postmodernism (ie: 1960’s political issues such as gender and racial equality,<br />
and global conflict) and its goal of transforming the institution of art through self criticism<br />
Demonstrate the ability to use video taping and editing equipment.<br />
Demonstrate the ability to explore and gather ideas and images from the Internet and contemporary art sources.<br />
Demonstrate effective drawing skills.<br />
Demonstrate the ability to effectively master a new medium for the needs of the final project.<br />
Effectively communicate an idea through visual imagery.<br />
Academic Skills:<br />
Creative Problem Solving<br />
Critical Thinking<br />
Technological Efficiencies<br />
Attendance:<br />
Departmental policy states that missing 3 classes would result in a failing grade for the course.<br />
Grading:<br />
1) Attendance- (see dept. policy)<br />
In addition to meeting the departmental requirements you are expected to be on time for scheduled<br />
meetings at the Art & Music Center, room 212. If you cannot meet this requirement you should drop this<br />
class as soon as possible.<br />
2) Skill Level-<br />
Because this is an advanced course, I expect you to have some art-making experience, but you will all<br />
begin with different levels of skill and I will consider this in your grade.<br />
3) Effort & Initiative- 10%<br />
Focus and persistence are required to make successful artwork. I expect hard work throughout the<br />
semester. You must be very self-motivated and disciplined to get your projects done outside class time.<br />
4) Acquisition of Skills- 70%<br />
Your assignment grades make up the major part of your grade. Your efforts should demonstrate a mastery<br />
of materials, techniques, design/compositional and conceptual issues so they may be tools to draw on in<br />
your on-going work. You may need to put in extra time compared to your peers to ensure a passing grade.<br />
You will receive an evaluation form for each assignment, after a group critique (see attached evaluation<br />
sheet).<br />
110<br />
110
111<br />
5) Reworking- 20%<br />
You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify ideas and artworks as they develop.<br />
The commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential<br />
This course AT 230 New Genre Studio, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers,<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />
educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />
sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />
2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />
2.1.2 contemporary studio approaches<br />
2.2.1 Creative processes<br />
2.2.3 techniques.<br />
2.2.5 social functions<br />
2.2.6. communicative qualities.<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />
2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />
2.3.8 Gender Studies<br />
2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />
2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />
artwork of others.<br />
111
Sharon Sandberg<br />
PAINTING 1<br />
AT 311<br />
Fall, 2002<br />
Syllabus<br />
Catalog Description: AT 311 Painting 1 (3) AST<br />
Course Content:<br />
112<br />
112<br />
Beginning course in oil and alkyd painting. Introduction to basic tools and techniques including direct and<br />
indirect painting methods. Prerequisites: AT 130, 140, or instrustor approval.<br />
Policies and Procedures:<br />
Attendance:<br />
Grading:<br />
There will be 7 or more projects assigned over the course of the semester. The schedule for these<br />
projects is attached to this syllabus.<br />
These works will also acquaint you with various skills having to do with painting: composition<br />
palette, use of mediums, stretching canvas, varnishing, framing, ect.<br />
Departmental Policy states: “absence in excess of 5 result in an automatic no credit.”<br />
Further, more than 3 absences will result in a lower grade. Discussions, examples, and directions<br />
are frequently presented during the first 15 minutes of each class. The instructor reserves the right<br />
to consider absent anyone who is more than 15 minutes late.<br />
Grading is based not solely on how hard you work or your degree of painting skills but on<br />
apparent understanding of those things that each specific project was designed to teach.<br />
Over the years I have devised a “number system.” Very roughly, the system rates the the early<br />
assignments as lighter weight than “mid-term” or later projects. It is assumed that as time passes<br />
the student absorbs more information to apply to his or her current work. For instance, the early<br />
projects are worth perhaps 10 pts. While the Self-portrait may be worth 20 pts…., and the final<br />
project…40 pts.<br />
At mid-term we will be meeting individually to discuss your progress.<br />
Project scores are added up at the end of the semester and students are assigned a letter grade<br />
based upon the accumulated score.<br />
Safety<br />
I will cover matters of safety during the class and I will, on occasion, remind you at some<br />
of the dangers involved with the use of art materials. You, yourselves, however are the legally<br />
responsible party in this matter.
113<br />
Pregnant women are reminded that the use of oil paints and the associated solvents are to be<br />
avoided.<br />
Sharon Sandberg<br />
Beginning Painting, AT 311<br />
Schedule of Projects: *<br />
MONDAY THURSDAY<br />
Proj. #1: STILL –LIFE; BLACK, WHITE &GRAY COMPOSITION<br />
2 nd Week Labor Day Work on Proj. #1 – quick critique<br />
3 rd Week Work on Proj. #1 (Finish outside of class) Work on Proj. #2 Still-life;<br />
MONOCHROME Bring umber toned canvas to<br />
class. Be ready to start off with black, white and<br />
umber paint<br />
4 th Week Work on Proj. #2 Finish Proj. #2<br />
Critique Introduce Proj. #3 STILL LIFE,<br />
Sandberg Slides WARM AND COOL.<br />
(or complementary colors)<br />
5 th Week STILL LIFE, WARM AND COOL. Possible Field Trip<br />
Bring simple still life objects to class as well or Artist’s Talk<br />
as a range of paint colors for this project. Or Movie (could be 7 th week or anytime<br />
thereafter).<br />
6 th Week STILL LIFE; WARM/COOL STILL LIFE; WARM/COOL<br />
7 th Week Finish STILL-LIFE; WARM/COOL SLIDE LECTURE: THE STILL LIFE<br />
Critique Introduce and begin work on Proj. #4<br />
COMPLEX STILL LIFE. Bring objects to class<br />
for individual “set-up.” Must have full palette of<br />
paints.<br />
8 th Week Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE<br />
Mid-term individual conferences Mid-term Individual comferences<br />
OCTOBER BREAK<br />
9 th Week Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE COMPLEX STILL LIFE<br />
Critique<br />
10 th Week Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE Finish COMPLEX STILL LIFE<br />
Canvas stretching Demo.<br />
11 th Week Canvas preparation (Mirror set-up, lighting and beginning<br />
Intro Proj. #5, SELF PORTRAIT of drawing for SELF PORTRAIT).<br />
Slide Lecture: “The Self-Portrait”<br />
12 th Week Begin painting on SELF PORTRAIT Work on SELF PORTRAIT<br />
Must have palette of paints May need an additional sable brush for<br />
this project.<br />
13 th Week Work on SELF PORTRAIT Continue to work on SELF PORTRAIT<br />
(Short varnishing demonstration.)<br />
14<br />
113<br />
th Week Continue to work on SELF PORTRAIT Finish SELF PORTRAI<br />
Crit.
15 th Week Final “FREE” Assignment Final “FREE” Assignment<br />
Completion of semester projects Completion of semester projects<br />
Individual conferences<br />
16 th Week EXAM WEEK. Conferences, clean-up<br />
and arrangement of work for graduating.<br />
Reg. Tubes Cadmium Red (med. Or dark)<br />
Alizarin Crimson<br />
Cadmium Yellow (light)<br />
Cadmium Orange<br />
Ultramarine Blue<br />
Permanent Green (light)<br />
Permanent Green (dark) or Viridian<br />
Burnt Sienna<br />
Raw Umber<br />
Pthalo Green or Blue (optional)<br />
114<br />
114<br />
* This schedule is an approximate projection and is subject to change and/or rearrangement based upon needs of<br />
the class, as determined by the instructor.<br />
GRADING CRITERIA<br />
PAINTING I<br />
1. Attendance.<br />
2. Development of work ethic.<br />
3. Understanding and meeting objectives of projects.<br />
4. Completion of paintings.<br />
5. Quality of paint handling.<br />
6. Ability to show volume and form with paint (drawing skills).<br />
7. Composition and design.<br />
8. General class participation.<br />
Lg. Tube Titanium White<br />
Materials List<br />
OIL PAINTS: *
Black (Ivory or Lamp)<br />
* Note: Colors with the word “hue” at the end are not a good substitute for any<br />
of the above.<br />
OTHER SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS<br />
Gesso<br />
Silicoil Tank<br />
And<br />
Bottle of Silicoil Solution<br />
Turpentine Substitute: “Permtine,” “Grumtine,” “Turpenoid,” ect.<br />
Palette Cup (tin, clip-on type)<br />
Box Kleenex (white)<br />
2.5 oz. Bottle Damar Varnish<br />
“ “ Linseed Oil<br />
“ “ Retouch Varnish<br />
Palette Knife, (“crooked” type)<br />
Bristle Brushes:<br />
1 #2 2 #4’s 1 #6 (or sables, if they are your preference)<br />
Plastic gloves as a chemical barrier while painting (optional).<br />
Closeable jar with top for dirty turps.<br />
PAINTING SURFACES:<br />
Bring one of these on the 2 nd day of class. Something 18” x 24” or a little larger is a good<br />
starting size. “Canvo-Board,” Fredrix pre-stretched canvas and/or hand-stretched canvases are all<br />
acceptable. Un-tempered Masonite panels are also fine and can be pre-cut to size at any lumber<br />
yard.<br />
REFERENCE TEXTS: (Optional)<br />
The Artist’s Handbook, both by Ralph Mayer, Viking Press.<br />
The Painter’s Handbook, by Mark D. Gottsehgan<br />
This course, AT 311 Painting I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers,<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
2.2.1 creative processes.<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />
115<br />
115
AT 321, Sculpture I Ron Pederson<br />
Introduction<br />
The central experience for Sculpture I will be to produce a life-sized study of the human head and shoulders,<br />
working from a life model in terra cotta clay that will be fired. This first sculpture project is in keeping with the<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Department’s instructional emphasis on building students’ ability to draw and sculpt the human form,<br />
and will thus complement activities in other studio art classes. Subsequent sculptures (there will be a total of four<br />
completed for the semester) will also be in clay, but will be defined by you in consultation with me. The possible<br />
subject-matter range might extend from more figureheads to figure groupings to abstract to nonobjective sculpture. I<br />
will give two or three slide presentations in addition to showing a “how to” video, all intended to generate ideas on<br />
possibilities for your last three sculptures. Safe handling of materials and tools will be emphasized.<br />
The aesthetic underpinning of all instruction will be formal, that is to say, focused upon clear, well-defined form<br />
that is interesting, observed relatively accurately (at least for the initial sculpture), composed into a coherent whole,<br />
well-crafted structurally, finished with a patina that is applied in a craftsmanlike way and brings out the form and<br />
texture. Beyond that, there is the difficult-to-teach goal of encouraging a liveliness of spirit that separates the best<br />
art from the merely competently-designed art. Many material, tools and techniques will be introduced this<br />
semester. Safe and appropriate use of all studio materials and tools will be covered in this course. The following<br />
sample of the grading form that will be used, summarizes the areas of formal concern listed above.<br />
AT 321 (Sculpture) grading form<br />
Name: Description of sculpture:<br />
Wholeness/ unity<br />
(flow/compatibility of forms)<br />
Form clarity and definition<br />
(beware “mashed potato” form)<br />
Interest, variety<br />
(form, action)<br />
<strong>Complete</strong>ness, craftsmanship,<br />
structure.<br />
Finish: Color and form compatibility,<br />
craftsmanlike application.<br />
project grade ________ Instructor comments:<br />
inadequate<br />
116<br />
average<br />
good<br />
excellent<br />
116
117<br />
Money and tools<br />
I’ll provide the clay and the kilns for firing. You’ll perhaps want to buy your own set of clay tools, or make your<br />
own from materials available in the studio. Though I’ll provide some paints and shoe polish for your use in<br />
applying a patina, you’ll perhaps spend a bit of money on a special color unavailable in the studio. But costs will be<br />
minimal, and there is no textbook requirement.<br />
Requirements<br />
1. Make at least four clay sculptures. If you find that you tend to work in minuscule size, I reserve the right to<br />
increase that number. If you take on an unusually large sculpture, the number may be reduced(in consultation with<br />
me).<br />
2. Engage yourself in the work and the thought of the class. On-time attendance on announced critique days is<br />
especially important.<br />
3. Participate in the maintenance of the studio, both out of consideration for your fellows, and out of the need to<br />
preserve a safe working environment.<br />
4. Attend class. Art department policy will be followed in this regard: three misses or their equivalent in class<br />
time are allowed without a grading penalty. Four to six misses will involve corresponding step reductions in grade<br />
(A to A-, etc.). More than six misses will result in a grade of NC — no exceptions. Please do not use headphones<br />
in class. “Attending” implies attentiveness, and you will often be benefited by overhearing instruction or other<br />
conversation in the studio.<br />
Grading: Your final semester grade will ideally reflect what you have learned. Therefore my goal at the outset is<br />
for each class member to earn a grade of “A.” Over the years, the old adage “you get out of it what you put into it”<br />
has held true of both what is learned and the grade received. Your success will be a function of the time, effort, and<br />
attentiveness you give.<br />
25% of your grade will be determined by the grade of your first sculpture (formal grading criteria). 65% of your<br />
grade will be determined by the average grade of your subsequent three sculptures. 10% of your grade will be<br />
determined by my assessment of more subjective things such as involvement, improvement, and general<br />
contribution to the collective effort.<br />
First day activities: Studio orientation (primarily regarding clay processing), tool-making,<br />
bin claiming/labeling, and possible purchase of clay tools at bookstore.<br />
This course AT 321 Sculpture I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Education (LQ).<br />
2.2.2 organizational structures<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of<br />
students’ own artwork and the artwork of others.<br />
117
AT331 and AT332 Ceramics Madeline Kaczmarczyk- Instructor<br />
Fall 2002 (616)-866-1950-best number to reach me<br />
AQ Ext. # 3456 e-mail: madclaypots@yahoo.com<br />
Web site: rosies@rosiesdiner.com click on “Madelines’ teapots<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
This course features the study of ceramics as an art form, featuring wheel thrown and hand-built vessels. Many<br />
materials, tools and techniques will be introduced this semester. Safe and appropriate use of all studio materials and<br />
tools will be covered in this course. No prior experience in art is assumed. Instruction will focus on:<br />
1. 2-d design (shape and color interaction, glaze experimentation) as it relates to vessel decoration.<br />
2. 3-d design (form and structure)<br />
3. Basic technical skills needed to work successfully with clay.<br />
4. Basic ceramic studio procedures.<br />
5. Critiques (evaluation and discussion of your own and your classmate’s artwork.)<br />
6. Safety issues related to clay dust, glaze chemistry, use of wheels and use of kilns.<br />
REQUIREMENTS<br />
1- Consistent and ON-TIME attendance.<br />
2- On time completion of the assigned projects .<br />
3- Three hours per week outside of class spent on class projects.<br />
4- Readings as assigned in the text, with the possibility of additional outside reading assignments. Text purchase is<br />
optional, but highly encouraged.<br />
5- A short paper on 20 th century ceramists with in class presentation.<br />
6- Keeping a notebook, including informal reactions to assigned readings, notes on glaze experiments,<br />
sketches for ideas for vessels, thoughts and questions, as well as notes from class demos.<br />
7- Cleaning work area after each session, help with clay preparation and kiln loading.<br />
The fees you have paid covers up to 100 pounds of clay, underglazes, and clear shiney glaze.<br />
Some tools are available in the studio, but you will need to purchase your own set of clay tools<br />
for $12 at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> bookstore or for slightly less from Service Reproduction Company. We<br />
will be ordering glazes later in the term, which may cost $30.00-$40.00. If you team up with<br />
another person (each buying three jars of glaze for a total of six different colors), a large variety<br />
will be available to you.<br />
Missing more than three classes will cause your grade to be reduced by one grade. Missing more than five classes<br />
will result in a NO CREDIT for the course. Three late classes count as one full absence. Special situations must be<br />
discussed in advance and may not always be excused. If you miss class it is your responsibility to find out the<br />
information from me.<br />
BEGINNING STUDENTS<br />
Two thirds of your grade will be on your body of work based on class assignments. One sixth will be based on your<br />
notebook. One sixth will be based on your involvement in class demonstrated by attendance, effort, participation in<br />
class discussions, critiques, and on personal improvement).<br />
118<br />
118
ADVANCED STUDENTS<br />
Your final grade will be based on your ten best-glazed pieces, as well as your notebook, participation in class<br />
discussion, effort, critiques, and improvement. Your ten best pieces must have good craftsmanship and be glazed. If<br />
you are on independent study it is up to you to schedule meetings with me, obtain assignments and critiques. As an<br />
advanced student you will have a greater part in the running of the studio, which includes glaze making, kiln<br />
loading, clay pugging and studio clean up. I expect your work to be of a higher caliber as well.<br />
The studio is equipped with a modest selection of clay working tools, but it is required that you purchase your own<br />
set of tools from the bookstore. Two good brushes (watercolor are nice for glazing) are also recommended. The<br />
required textbook is available at the bookstore and demonstrates both technique and a historical overview of clay.<br />
.<br />
STUDIO PROCEDURES<br />
The underlying rule of the studio is consideration for others. Clean up after yourself (workspace and equipment)<br />
avoid plaster pollution in the clay studio, avoid noise pollution, (radio is ok- please limit to WYCE, NPR, classical<br />
or “oldies” during class time) no smoking in the studio, and process your work promptly to promote a smooth and<br />
timely firing schedule. Pick up completed work when fired.<br />
Generally the first hour of each class period will be reserved for whatever presentation or critique is scheduled for<br />
that day. If I have not finished setting up or there is no presentation, start work on your pieces. You should always<br />
have some work in progress, if not, start!<br />
In closing look forward to having a great time with a wonderful medium.<br />
Ceramics 1-7 Fall 2002 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Madeline Kaczmarczyk-Instructor<br />
Calendar (always subject to change)<br />
August 27-<br />
Ceramics 1-Intro to class and studio.<br />
Advanced-Warm up assignment- Throwing or hand building a set: mugs or bowls.<br />
(Let me know if you need a review)<br />
August 30<br />
Ceramics 1-shelf assignments, pugging clay, Pinch Pot assignment.<br />
Advanced-continue<br />
September 3<br />
Ceramics 1- continue<br />
Advanced-2:00-casual critique<br />
September 6<br />
Ceramics 1- coil demo<br />
Advanced- slab and coil on wheel demo<br />
September 10<br />
Ceramics 1- cont. coil<br />
Advanced- cont. assignment<br />
September 13-<br />
119<br />
119
Whole class critique: 2:00pm.<br />
Sept. 17<br />
Whole class glaze demo and assignment.<br />
Sept. 20<br />
Ceramics 1-Slab pot demo using underglaze<br />
Advanced-Personal choice piece using underglaze in construction.<br />
Sept. 24<br />
Whole class cont. assignment<br />
Sept 27<br />
Ceramics 1-Second slab piece<br />
Advanced-Pitchers, Pouring, Spouts<br />
October 1<br />
Ceramics 1-Finish assignments, critique or grading<br />
Advanced-continue<br />
Oct. 4<br />
Ceramics 1-Start wheel demo<br />
Advanced-cont.<br />
Oct. 8-<br />
Trip to Meijer Gardens for Picasso Ceramics Show for all students<br />
Oct.11-<br />
Picasso Assignment all levels, all media<br />
Oct. 15-<br />
All levels, work on Picasso assignment<br />
Oct 18-<br />
Picasso assignment finished by end of class<br />
Midterm individual critiques<br />
Studio clean up<br />
Research Paper explained<br />
Oct. 22 and 25-<br />
Midterm Break<br />
Oct.29-<br />
Slide Show<br />
“Getting a Handle On It”-new assignment<br />
Nov. 1<br />
Kiln loading demo and lecture<br />
Nov. 5<br />
Assignment whole class critique<br />
Glaze Demo<br />
Advanced- Glaze bisque work<br />
Nov. 8-<br />
120<br />
120
Continue glazing<br />
Ceramics 1- “Criss/Cross” assignment<br />
Advanced- Piece in style of researched Master Potter<br />
Nov. 12-<br />
Continue assignments<br />
Nov. 15-<br />
Continue assignments<br />
Nov. 19<br />
Oral presentations<br />
Nov. 22<br />
Critiques or grades on assignments<br />
Nov. 26<br />
FREE DAY! Work on piece of your choice<br />
Nov. 29-<br />
No class- Happy Thanksgiving.<br />
Dec.3-<br />
Cut off for greenware<br />
Dec. 6-<br />
Glaze<br />
Kiln loading<br />
Dec. 10-<br />
Glaze or possible whole class sculpture piece<br />
Dec. 13-<br />
Last day of class<br />
Possible critiques<br />
Glaze and kiln loading<br />
Dec. 16-19<br />
Final grades: individual critiques of glazed pieces (no bisque) and glaze notebooks.<br />
Merry Christmas! Have a good break.<br />
This course AT 331 Ceramics I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Education (LQ).<br />
2.2.3 techniques<br />
121<br />
121
AT 341 through 442 Steve Schousen<br />
Printmaking AMC 134<br />
Fall 2002 ext. 3427 (H) 454-2729<br />
Mon. Th. 6:30 – 9:20<br />
Course Description<br />
This is a course in black and white relief printmaking, intaglio printmaking and lithography. At the end of the<br />
semester you are expected to turn in a portfolio of six prints including two intaglio prints and two relief prints. You<br />
will also have the option of working with lithography. Working with three media in one semester is fairly<br />
ambitious. I require excellent attendance, consistent effort, and a fair amount of organization on your part.<br />
122<br />
122<br />
Impediments to a successful semester involving this many media and materials include organization and clean up.<br />
We have a very small space in which to work, we have a large class and we have lots of different materials out<br />
everyday. If this is going to work everyone needs to clean up his or her own mess everyday. Another thing which<br />
comes to mind as I outline a semester as varied as this is the need for each person to write down instructions for each<br />
process in their own words. As an example, we have four different solvents, three different acids and two different<br />
presses in the studio. Each has unique characteristics, applications and safety concerns. If you are going to<br />
participate this semester you must be knowledgeable about each material, tool and procedure in the studio. So… in<br />
addition to the art you will create this semester I also want you to keep a notebook describing procedures, materials<br />
and tools we will use.<br />
Time in the studio. In order to excel or to even do an adequate job this semester you must spent a lot of time in the<br />
studio. Trial and error, experimentation and working with unfamiliar media in an unusual setting requires long<br />
blocks of time, and many of them. In-class time is mandatory and necessary but also plan to spend six hours in the<br />
studio each week in addition to the scheduled class time.<br />
While we don’t have a required text, four books are on reserve in the library. Each contains information on<br />
printmaking and you should familiarize yourself with them as the semester progresses. Required reading is listed<br />
below.<br />
Description of Media<br />
Woodcut<br />
Everyone has done some sort of relief printmaking: potato prints, linoleum cuts, or some other type of simple relief<br />
prints. In this unit we will work with plywood and basswood using the same basic technique common to all relief<br />
prints: start with a flat surface (the wood), cut away the white, roll ink on the raised surface and print. It’s that<br />
simple but within that simplicity lies great creative potential. Woodcut is an excellent medium in which to explore<br />
tone, texture and pattern.<br />
Lithography<br />
This is the difficult one. In order to learn this demanding medium we will have to work in-groups of two. I will<br />
introduce this medium around midterm to pairs if interested students. At that time I will go through a series of<br />
demonstrations and lectures which will explain “The Process”. I will then set up a calendar of printing sessions,<br />
which will enable me to process and print with you individually. I think that this will take two three or four-hour<br />
sessions with each pair of students.<br />
Intaglio<br />
Intaglio printmaking involves printing the recesses of a smooth surface. One can think of intaglio as the opposite of<br />
relief. Both media involves starting with a smooth, flat surface and removing material to create depressions or<br />
texture. In relief the raised area is printed while in intaglio it is the lower areas of the texture or scratches that are
123<br />
printed. The tools, materials and process are completely different and in intaglio the slightest scratch prints as a<br />
gray or black. Many more details will follow.<br />
Course Outline<br />
The semester outline is constructed around media and technique and I feel that this is a good way to expose you to<br />
some of the possibilities unique to printmaking. The quality of your final images however have more to do with<br />
your ideas and your ability to explore the process. So you really have two jobs this semester: learn all of the<br />
technical things and develop your visual ideas. Students generally find the second task most difficult. Towards that<br />
end we will have many in-process critiques which hopefully will answer your questions concerning technique, and<br />
help you develop and clarify your ideas. In my experience, the more drawing you do in preparation for the final<br />
print, the better the final image will be. I suggest that you find some idea, thing or theme you find compelling and<br />
start exploring it with pencil and paper. If you get in the habit of responding visually to your ideas, your prints will<br />
naturally develop as you learn process and technique.<br />
A general outline for each section follows and more details will be filled in as the semester progresses.<br />
I. Intaglio<br />
-value scales in copper<br />
-scribble image<br />
II. Softground Etching<br />
-self-portrait<br />
III. Woodcut<br />
-self-portrait<br />
IV. Line Etching<br />
V. Woodcut<br />
VI. Aquatint<br />
Notes on Semester Outline:<br />
-You have a minimum of six prints due this semester.<br />
AT 341 Printmaking I<br />
-If we don’t count the first unit, which really just introduces materials and equipment, I have listed only five<br />
required prints. The sixth print is up to you.<br />
-I will introduce lithography to anyone who wants to experience it after we have started etching and woodcut. If you<br />
want to work with lithography plan on putting in about two weeks of work. I will introduce litho to two people at a<br />
time. Lithography is a demanding media and you can’t jump in half way through the unit. If you want to<br />
experience it you need to sign on for the entire two weeks.<br />
-You are welcome to work on more than the assigned prints. After you have finished the first intaglio and<br />
123
Goals<br />
1. To develop an increased sensitivity to shape, tone and form<br />
2. To develop an increased understanding of your imagery and ideas<br />
3. To develop an understanding of the tools, materials and equipment unique to printmaking<br />
4. To develop a sense of craftsmanship<br />
5. To develop an awareness of printmaking’s role in art history<br />
Each print will be evaluated using the following criteria:<br />
1. <strong>Visual</strong> interest<br />
2. Conceptual interest<br />
3. Craftsmanship<br />
4. Composition<br />
Evaluation<br />
Students will be evaluated at the end of the semester using the following criteria:<br />
1. Attendance<br />
2. Creative experimentation and production<br />
3. Meaningful participation in critiques<br />
4. Craftsmanship and cooperation in studio maintenance<br />
5. Mastery of techniques and processes<br />
6. Aesthetic quality of images<br />
Attendance<br />
Departmental policy states: absences in excess of three will result in a lower grade and absences in excess of five<br />
will result in an automatic “no-credit”. Because of the technical nature of the course attendance in class is<br />
important. Do not arrive late to this class. We will cover a lot of complicated and confusing processes this<br />
semester. Discussions, demonstrations, critiques and lectures are frequently covered in the beginning of each class<br />
and arriving late is confusing for you and me and disruptive for your colleagues.<br />
Reading<br />
Printmaking: History and Process by Saff and Sacilotto is on three-hour reserve in the library. The following<br />
reading assignments should be completed before you begin a new unit. You will find this text a helpful resource,<br />
which will explain and illustrate materials, processes and equipment in our studio. The illustrations may give you<br />
ideas about how to get started and help you research artists and techniques.<br />
1. Intaglio: Ch. 4<br />
2. Softground: pp 140, 141<br />
3. Woodcut: Ch. 2<br />
4. Aquatint: pp 141-149<br />
Also on reserve are:<br />
Printmaking Today by Heller<br />
Printmaking by Peterdi<br />
Each of these books contains information on the techniques that we are covering.<br />
Materials:<br />
approximate cost<br />
Woodcut tools $30.00<br />
124<br />
124
Intaglio needle $5.00<br />
Wood blocks or linoleum $5.00 – $10.00<br />
Copper plates $12.00 for a 12x12<br />
Woodcut paper $1.00 / sheet<br />
Intaglio paper $3.00 / sheet<br />
Litho paper $2.00 / sheet<br />
-Our bookstore caries paper for both woodcut and intaglio<br />
-TerMolen and Hart, Inc., a sheet metal fabricating company, located at 600 Eleventh Street NW, which is near<br />
Leonard and 131, sells copper in pre-cut sizes for us. The size is 12x12 and if you purchase that size they will not<br />
charge you a cutting charge. Call them before you go, identify yourself as an <strong>Aquinas</strong> student and be sure to get<br />
copper that is .043 inches thick. This is also called 32 ounce or 20 gauge. Just be sure to get copper that is .043<br />
inches thick because that is the only thickness we will use on our presses.<br />
-I get the tools from Graphic Chemical and Ink. You can buy them from me or order from Graphic.<br />
-You are welcome to work on more than the assigned prints. After you have finished the first intaglio and<br />
woodcut units, feel free to do additional work in those areas.<br />
- Other good sources of materials, including paper are:<br />
<strong>Aquinas</strong> Bookstore<br />
Grand Valley Bookstore in Allendale<br />
Douma’s<br />
This course AT 341 printmaking I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong><br />
<strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
2.2.4 expressive content.<br />
125<br />
125
SYLLABUS<br />
Instructor: Sister Marie Celeste Miller<br />
E-Mail: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />
Office Art and Music Center, Room 204<br />
Office Phone: 459-8281, Ext. 3425<br />
Office Hours: Monday and Thursday: 1:30 - 3:30<br />
Tuesday: 8:30 - 11:00; 2:00 - 4:00<br />
Friday: 8:30 - 11:00<br />
GOAL OF THE COURSE<br />
The general goal of the course has three parts:<br />
• To develop a working knowledge and understanding of Post-Impressionism,<br />
Expressionism, Fauvism and Cubism.<br />
• To develop a knowledge and understanding of the monumental changes in<br />
painting, sculpture and architecture of the period between c. 1880 - 1920.<br />
• To acquire a knowledge of the works of the principal artists of this period in<br />
western Europe.<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />
• Identify major art monuments and discuss their significance.<br />
• Analyze the composition of representative works of art from the period in<br />
terms of the principles of design set in their historical and cultural context<br />
• Identify major artists associated with Post-Impressionism, Expressionism,<br />
Fauvism, and Cubism and discuss their contributions to the changes in art<br />
during this time.<br />
• Synthesize and integrate information regarding the artist and artistic<br />
movements through assignments and short essays.<br />
• Practice and improve speaking and presentation skills.<br />
• Practice and improve writing skills.<br />
• Practice and improve the ability to work well with others through a team<br />
project.<br />
TEXT<br />
We will use History of Modern Art by H.H. Arnason and Marla Prather, Prentice Hall<br />
& Harry N. Abrams, Inc., fourth edition, 1998.<br />
126<br />
126
COURSE DESIGN<br />
Because this is a survey course of a period that was very fertile and rich in its artistic<br />
developments, we will not be able to include every artist who was working during these<br />
years, and of the ones we do study, some will be studied in greater depth than others.<br />
You are, of course, free to pursue a deeper study of any artist whose work you find<br />
particularly moving or interesting.<br />
So for each chapter that we consider together, I have provided you with a study sheet<br />
which outlines the terms, ideas and images you need to know. Many of the images are<br />
found in your text; all of the ones we study are found in the virtual Slide Library for<br />
this course, accessed under the button, Slide Library, on the homepage. The study<br />
sheets are found under the button entitled Assignments. There you will also find<br />
detailed explanations of all assignments.<br />
As a teacher and as a student who continues to learn, I have come to believe that<br />
students learn "more" and "better" when they are active learners. The more they<br />
become involved in their work, the greater responsibility they assume for their own<br />
learning, the more successful they are. Not only do they learn the subject matter, but<br />
they grow personally and professionally. I have been thinking about this as I prepared<br />
this course for you. And so, there will be opportunities for other modes of learning<br />
besides listening to a lecture.<br />
We will achieve course goals and objectives through:<br />
• Critical reading of the text<br />
• Interactive lectures<br />
• Videos, Slides, CD-Rom technology with short written assignments<br />
• Selected Web Sites with short written assignments<br />
• A team-developed oral presentation (St. Andrew's Project)<br />
• A Web Search<br />
• The Final Project<br />
• Four tests<br />
Specifics about the daily workings of the course can be found under Course Mechanics.<br />
While this is the plan and schedule for the semester's work, circumstances may arise<br />
which could cause changes or work.<br />
EVALUATION OF STUDENT WORK<br />
Tests : 35%<br />
St. Andrew's Project: 15%<br />
Short Essays Based on work with videos, CD-Rom and Web sites: 10%<br />
Web Search: 15%<br />
Final Project: The Problem for the Judge: 15%<br />
Participation: 10%<br />
127<br />
127
Course Matrix<br />
AT 350<br />
This course meets the following standards for Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education:<br />
1.4: model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />
classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />
continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />
prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.8: are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer<br />
technology within the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research and<br />
instructional purposes.<br />
2.3.1: western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />
2.3.5: design history.<br />
2.3.6: cultural studies.<br />
2.3.7: media literacy.<br />
2.3.8: gender studies<br />
2.4.1: major traditional theories of art and design.<br />
2.4.3: influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.1: make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical<br />
perspectives.<br />
128<br />
128
AT 351<br />
Course Description<br />
AT 351, Dali Through Abstraction, is the second half of the modern art sequence which is designed to<br />
introduce you to the major movements in western art from c. 1925 - c. 1950 as seen in the painting,<br />
sculpture, and architecture of the period.<br />
This course will help a student develop a working knowledge and understanding of Russian and Dutch<br />
abstraction, Dada, Surrealism, sculptural and architectural movements, European art between the wars<br />
and American Art from the early modern period through Abstract Expressionism. It will also help a<br />
student develop knowledge of specific western and non-western artists of this period and their artistic<br />
concerns.<br />
Successful students will be able to:<br />
• Identify the major works from the various periods and discuss their significance in terms of principles<br />
of design set in their historical and cultural contexts.<br />
• Describe the beginnings of contemporary perspectives through the development of abstract<br />
expressionism<br />
• Make analytical evaluations of works from a variety of perspectives.<br />
• Improve their analytic skills by focusing on the analysis of works of art from the period<br />
• Practice and improve the ability to synthesize and integrate information<br />
• Become more adept at using current research tools in art history<br />
129<br />
129
AT 351<br />
Dali Through Abstraction<br />
SYLLABUS<br />
Welcome to AT 351: Dali Through Abstraction. This is the second half of the modern art sequence which is<br />
designed to introduce you to the major movements in western art from c. 1925 – c. 1950 as seen in the painting,<br />
sculpture, and architecture of the period.<br />
Goals of the course include:<br />
1. To develop a working knowledge and understanding of Russian and Dutch abstraction, Dada, Surrealism,<br />
sculptural and architectural movements, European art between the wars and American Art from the Early<br />
Modern period through Abstract Expressionism.<br />
2. To develop knowledge of specific western artists of this period and their artistic concerns.<br />
Specific Learning Objectives:<br />
Successful students will be able to:<br />
• Identify the major works from the various periods and discuss their significance in terms of principles of design<br />
set in their historical and cultural contexts.<br />
• Describe the beginnings of contemporary perspectives through the development of abstract expressionism.<br />
• Discuss the contributions of women to the development of painting, sculpture or architecture during this period.<br />
• Make analytical evaluations of works from a variety of perspectives.<br />
• Improve their analytic skills by focusing on the analysis of works of art from the period and by completing the<br />
Installation Team Project.<br />
• Practice and improve the ability to synthesize and integrate information through the architectural Jackdaw<br />
Project.<br />
• Become more adept at using current research tools in art history through the annotated bibliography<br />
The methods we will use to try to achieve these goals and objectives are:<br />
• Critical reading of the text<br />
• Lectures and discussions<br />
• Videos and the use of the World Wide Web<br />
• Oral Presentation<br />
• Current research in Art History<br />
• Learning Team Projects<br />
• Readings outside the text<br />
• Annotated Bibliography<br />
130<br />
130
The following includes a schedule of classes, readings, assignments and examinations. At the beginning of classes<br />
formatted with some lecture component, an outline will be furnished listing all the works to be discussed. An<br />
asterisk placed before the name of the work indicates key works students will know thoroughly. All slides viewed<br />
in class will be on reserve before examinations.<br />
Fulfill assignments on time; late work will be penalized. Art department attendance policy: After three absences,<br />
your grade will fall one full letter grade; after four, two letter grades; and beyond that, N.C.<br />
Assignments include:<br />
1. Readings from the text, The History of Modern Art by Arnason, Prather and Wheeler, Fourth edition, Prentice<br />
Hall.<br />
2. Visiting specific web sites or viewing specific videos and doing the assignments associated with these.<br />
3. Production of a Jackdaw as a member of a small study team. Particulars of the nature and content of the<br />
Jackdaw are found on a study/assignment sheet for this project.<br />
4. Creation of a proposal for an Installation of Modern Sculpture as a member of a study team.<br />
5. Oral Presentation supported by an annotated bibliography on a woman artist who has made significant<br />
contributions to the development of art during this period.<br />
Evaluation:<br />
Tests (3) 30%<br />
Jackdaw Project 20%<br />
Oral Presentation and Annotated Bibliography 20%<br />
Installation Project 20%<br />
Participation 10%<br />
Office: AMC 204 Ext. 3425 e-mail: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />
Monday: 1:30 – 3:30<br />
Tuesday 9:00 – 11:00; 1:30 – 3:30<br />
Thursday 1:30 – 3:30<br />
Friday 9:00 – 11:00<br />
Matrix Reference<br />
AT 351<br />
This course meets the following standards for Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education:<br />
1.4: model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />
classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />
continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />
prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
131<br />
131
1.8: are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer<br />
technology within the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research and<br />
instructional purposes.<br />
2.3.1: western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />
2.3.2: western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />
2.4.3: the influence of these theories on the creation of art<br />
2.5.1: make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical<br />
perspectives.<br />
132<br />
132
A note on the following four course syllabi:<br />
AT 370 Foundations in Art Education<br />
AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />
AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />
AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />
The <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Department will begin a search for a qualified Adjunct Associate Professor of Art<br />
Education to teach these four courses as soon as this application is approved. The Art Department will<br />
depend on the expertise of this new faculty person (see proposed position listing in the resume section) to<br />
adjust content among the four courses to most appropriately cover the standards/guidelines for visual arts<br />
education, among the four.<br />
In general, AT 370 Foundations in Art Education is envisioned as theoretical and philosophical, and will<br />
serve as a prerequisite for the remaining three. The content of the methods courses is self-evident from the<br />
course titles, and is seen as a blend between theory and practice, a movement from theories of art education<br />
to developmentally-appropriate curricula. The Studio Practicum course, as the name implies, is designed to<br />
be primarily practical, to provide information and skills that are not provided in the other three.<br />
133<br />
133
134<br />
NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />
THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />
APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />
AT 370 Foundations in Art Education<br />
Catalog Course Description: An introduction to the philosophical, psychological and sociological foundations for<br />
Art Education for elementary and secondary art education teachers as well as a consideration of the role of art in the<br />
curriculum and the role of technology to enhance learning.<br />
Course Goal:<br />
This is the general goal of the course: that students develop an understanding of the philosophical, psychological and<br />
sociological foundations of art education as well as the role of art in the curriculum and the use of technology to<br />
impact quality learning.<br />
Course Objectives:<br />
By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate an understanding of the philosophical foundations for art education and art criticism for<br />
children<br />
• Articulate a personal philosophy of education for normal, gifted and special needs children K - 12<br />
• Demonstrate an understanding of theories of human and cognitive development and how they relate to the<br />
creation of the visual arts<br />
• Articulate an understanding of the implications of diversity issue for art education<br />
• Demonstrate a knowledge of the effective use of technology to enhance student learning in art education<br />
• Discuss current issues regarding intellectual properties for art, technology and online resources<br />
Text: to be determined<br />
Attendance:<br />
Art department policy for an eight-week course states that one absence will reduce your grade. The second absence<br />
results in an automatic no-credit. “Attending” includes active participation in class both during formal presentations<br />
and informal work times.<br />
Grading Ratios:<br />
• Reflection Papers on Readings in Philosophy of Art Education and Art Criticism for Children: 20%<br />
• Personal Philosophy of Education: 20%<br />
• Idea Journal for Technology and Art: 30%<br />
• Project in Online Research in Art Education, Art Criticism and Art History: 20%<br />
• Participation: 10%<br />
Topics<br />
Why teach art in schools: Introduction to Art Education and a overview of theories in Art Education<br />
Child Development and Art; Cognition and the <strong>Arts</strong><br />
Art Education for Special Needs Children and Gifted Children: Considerations in teaching art<br />
Assessments and Evaluation in Art Education: The Portfolio, Grading Student Art<br />
Technology and Research in Art Education, Art History, Art Education Community Online Technology and<br />
teaching Art: Ideas for Incorporation of Technology To Enhance Learning and Creativity in Art Education<br />
Diversity Issues and Their Impact on Art Education<br />
Summary Work and Presentation of a Personal Philosophy of Art Education<br />
This course, AT 370 Foundations in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />
Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ):<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and<br />
the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement<br />
instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own<br />
classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and<br />
learning.<br />
134
135<br />
1.8 are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer technology within<br />
the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research, and instructional purposes.<br />
1.9 are cognizant of the research within art education; either as contributors to the research enterprise, participants in<br />
research studies, or as consumers of research<br />
1.10 take advantage of faculty educational opportunities that can enhance their professional lives.<br />
3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing theories.<br />
3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent and philosophical positions in relationship to contemporary<br />
art education.<br />
3.2.1. provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in education.<br />
3.2.2. guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the relevance and<br />
importance of art in education<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential component.<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />
3.4.2 artistic production.<br />
3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />
3.4.4 critical thinking.<br />
3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />
3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />
3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic<br />
levels.<br />
3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local standards using<br />
a variety of instructional formats.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for<br />
various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of student<br />
work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education<br />
3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and resources for on-going professional development throughout<br />
their teaching career.<br />
5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines, school<br />
administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national legislators as<br />
concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />
135
136<br />
NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />
THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />
APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />
AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />
3 credit hours<br />
Instructor:<br />
Textbook: Children and Their Art (tentative)<br />
Catalog Course Description<br />
Methodology used in teaching elementary school art, including the study of developmental theories as related to art education.<br />
Introduction<br />
In this course, theoretical and practical concepts of teaching art in the elementary school will be examined. Off<br />
campus classroom observations, demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art education situations<br />
will be required. A firm understanding of many studio techniques and extensive knowledge of art history are<br />
required for success in this course and will enrich your experience.<br />
Modes of Instruction<br />
Studio projects, lectures, critiques, practice lessons, written papers, exam, demonstrations, discussions<br />
Goals<br />
1. To expose students to an overview of theories of art education.<br />
2. To enable classroom teachers to create an environment where elementary students can experience and learn<br />
processes, methods and procedures in the visual arts.<br />
3. To expose students to the correlation between developmental level and artistic creation.<br />
Objectives<br />
At the end of the semester the student will be able to:<br />
1. understand the history of art in education and the importance of art in the contemporary curriculum<br />
2. articulate a personal philosophy of art education.<br />
3. understand theories of human and cognitive development and how they relate to the study and creation of<br />
visual art.<br />
4. create a safe and ecologically responsible classroom environment that encourages creativity and<br />
discussion.<br />
5. create an art curriculum that relates to the National and Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Standards and is appropriate<br />
for special needs populations as well as the general elementary school population.<br />
6. know and experience the principles of design and the elements of art.<br />
7. research, organize and implement studio art projects appropriate for elementary school art students.<br />
8. employ a variety of classroom management strategies that are particular to the classroom studio<br />
environment<br />
9. describe and assess children’s art<br />
Attendance<br />
Art department policy for a semester course states that more than three absences will reduce your grade, and more than six<br />
absences will result in an automatic no-credit. “Attending” includes paying attention to what is happening in class both during<br />
formal presentations and informal work times. Earphones make it difficult for anyone to attend to the work and thought of the<br />
class.<br />
Grading ratios<br />
Grading is based on student’s knowledge of subject matter rather than artistic skill. In addition to regular attendance<br />
and timely completion of outside assignments, you must also observe an actual secondary art classroom and submit<br />
a written report summarizing the experience.<br />
20% of your grade will be based on your attendance<br />
136
20% of your grade will be based on class observation and report<br />
10% of your grade will be based on reaction papers<br />
20% of your grade will be based on demonstration lesson and papers<br />
30% of your grade will be based on the exams<br />
A:90%, B:80%, C:75%, C-:70%, D: 60%<br />
Topics<br />
Curriculum History – Goals and Purposes of Elementary Education<br />
Basic Knowledge of Content Areas and Grade Levels<br />
Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> Art Education Standards; connections to coursework<br />
Parent and Community Partnerships<br />
Professional Development<br />
Diversity and Inclusion<br />
Curriculum Models and Modes of Teaching<br />
Best Practices in Elementary School Teaching<br />
Student Learning Styles<br />
Locating Teacher Resources<br />
Technology for image manipulation.<br />
Technology for curriculum development and research<br />
Assessment models<br />
Preparation and delivery of a lesson in an elementary classroom<br />
Reflection and assessment of practice lesson<br />
Preparing your teaching portfolio.<br />
Integrating art with other disciplines.<br />
Designing an art classroom.<br />
Procedures and safety in art.<br />
This course, AT 372, Elementary Methods in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the<br />
Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />
educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />
sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />
1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the realities of the classroom<br />
and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to<br />
diverse and alternative educational settings such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs.<br />
2.6.1 traditional methods of presentation.<br />
2.6.2 contemporary methods of presentation.<br />
3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in education.<br />
3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the relevance and importance of art<br />
in education.<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential component.<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />
3.4.2 artistic production<br />
3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />
3.4.4 critical thinking.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs<br />
3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students<br />
3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />
3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic<br />
levels.<br />
137<br />
137
138<br />
3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with special<br />
needs.3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local standards<br />
using a variety of instructional formats.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for<br />
various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations, and the<br />
open exchange of ideas.<br />
3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of student<br />
work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />
3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences throughout<br />
their preparation<br />
3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction can take place<br />
with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student work.<br />
4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and classroom setting including knowledge of developmentally<br />
appropriate and safe art materials and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and disposal.<br />
4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />
4.4 training in classroom budget management and the acquisition of financial, human, and material resources which<br />
includes fund raising and grant writing.<br />
5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines, school<br />
administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national legislators as<br />
concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society<br />
6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe use of<br />
materials, and school finance.<br />
138
139<br />
NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />
THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />
APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />
AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />
Catalog Course Description<br />
Methodology used in teaching middle school or high school art, including the study of developmental theories as related to art<br />
education.<br />
Introduction<br />
In this course, theoretical and practical concepts of teaching art in the junior and senior high school will be<br />
examined. Off campus classroom observations, demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art<br />
education situations will be required. A firm understanding of many studio techniques and extensive knowledge of<br />
art history are required for success in this course and will enrich your experience.<br />
Goals<br />
1. To expose students to an overview of theories of art education.<br />
2. To enable classroom teachers to create an environment where secondary students can experience and learn<br />
processes, methods and procedures in the visual arts.<br />
3. To expose students to the correlation between developmental level and artistic creation.<br />
Objectives<br />
At the end of the semester the student will be able to:<br />
1. articulate a personal philosophy of art education.<br />
2. understand theories of human and cognitive development and how they relate to the study and creation of visual<br />
art.<br />
3. create a safe and ecologically responsible classroom environment that encourages creativity and discussion.<br />
4. create an art curriculum that relates to the National and Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Standards and is appropriate for<br />
special needs populations as well as the general secondary school population.<br />
5. research, organize and implement studio art projects appropriate for secondary school art students.<br />
6. employ a variety of classroom management strategies that are particular to the classroom studio environment.<br />
7. describe and assess student artworks<br />
Attendance<br />
Art department policy for a semester course states that more than three absenceswill reduce your grade and more than six<br />
absences will result in an automatic no-credit. “Attending” includes paying attention to what is happening in class both during<br />
formal presentations and informal work times. Earphones make it difficult for anyone to attend to the work and thought of the<br />
class.<br />
Grading ratios<br />
Grading is based on student’s knowledge of subject matter rather than artistic skill. In addition to regular attendance<br />
and timely completion of outside assignments, you must also observe an actual secondary art classroom and submit<br />
a written report summarizing the experience.<br />
20% of your grade will be based on your attendance<br />
20% of your grade will be based on class observation and report<br />
10% of your grade will be based on reaction papers<br />
20% of your grade will be based on demonstration lesson and papers<br />
30% of your grade will be based on the exams<br />
139
Topics<br />
Introduction, philosophy and goals, syllabus and assignments.<br />
Historical developments and theories in art education.<br />
Sketchbook as a learning tool.<br />
Developmental levels of student with regard to art.<br />
Special needs and gifted and talented populations.<br />
Color mixing and theory; a historical and contemporary look.<br />
Art criticism and aesthetics within the context of art education.<br />
Connecting aesthetics to studio production.<br />
Organizing and conducting critiques, assessing student art work.<br />
Computer in the art classroom<br />
Computer for communication and research in art.<br />
The art teacher and the community; involvement, advocacy, resource and material.<br />
Art Teacher as artist.<br />
Professional organizations.<br />
Matting, framing, and display of artwork.<br />
Presenting a project.<br />
Building a student portfolio.<br />
Advocacy within the system.<br />
The integration of art with other disciplines.<br />
Designing an art classroom.<br />
Procedures and safety in art.<br />
Budget management, resources and grants, special needs.<br />
Classroom management.<br />
Demonstration lesson.<br />
Observation reports.<br />
Curriculum development.<br />
Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Standards.<br />
140<br />
140
This course, AT 374, Secondary Methods in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for<br />
the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />
educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />
sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />
1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />
1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the realities of the classroom<br />
and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to<br />
diverse and alternative educational settings such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs.<br />
2.6.1 traditional methods of presentation.<br />
2.6.2 contemporary methods of presentation.<br />
3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing theories.<br />
3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent and philosophical positions in relationship to contemporary art education.<br />
3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in education.<br />
3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the relevance and importance of art<br />
in education.<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential component.<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />
3.4.2 artistic production<br />
3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />
3.4.4 critical thinking.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs<br />
3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students<br />
3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />
3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic<br />
levels.<br />
3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with special needs.<br />
3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local standards using<br />
a variety of instructional formats.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for<br />
various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations, and the<br />
open exchange of ideas.<br />
3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of student<br />
work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />
3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences throughout<br />
their preparation<br />
3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction can take place<br />
with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student work.<br />
4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and classroom setting including knowledge of developmentally<br />
appropriate and safe art materials and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and disposal.<br />
4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />
4.4 training in classroom budget management and the acquisition of financial, human, and material resources which<br />
includes fund raising and grant writing.<br />
5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines, school<br />
administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national legislators as<br />
141<br />
141
concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society<br />
6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe use of materials, and<br />
school finance.<br />
142<br />
142
NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />
THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />
APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />
AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />
I. Identifying Information:<br />
Location and Times:<br />
Instructor:<br />
Home Number:<br />
Work Number:<br />
E-mail Address:<br />
Office Hours:<br />
II. Textbook/Video:<br />
III. Course Description:<br />
This course focuses on practical aspects of teaching art in elementary and secondary<br />
classrooms. Among topics covered will be budgeting, procuring art materials, inventory<br />
management, safety issues (OSHA standards) for most art materials, proper operation of<br />
necessary equipment such as kilns, setting up and managing a well-designed dedicated art<br />
classroom, organizing and managing a traveling art curriculum, and mounting school<br />
exhibitions of student artwork.<br />
IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />
Students who are successful in this course will be able to:<br />
1) create a well-designed, barrier-free studio setting which provides the needs inherent in the specific<br />
media to be taught.<br />
2) creatively tap available resources, (parents, donations, services, etc.), through networking and grant<br />
writing.<br />
2) demonstrate use of key studio equipment.<br />
3) understand and implement OSHA safety standards for the materials and equipment involved in a<br />
classroom studio.<br />
4) be able to manage inventory, budget for a classroom studio and procure materials and equipment.<br />
5) successfully plan art curricula.<br />
6) successfully present student artwork to the public.<br />
V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />
Student s will achieve success through:<br />
1) visiting various types of currently successful classroom studios.<br />
2) working with networkers and grant writers.<br />
3) practicing with different art media and their inherent equipment needs.<br />
3) lectures by certified OSHA, and other, safety representatives.<br />
4) learning management technology.<br />
5) creation of a series of lesson plans for different studio scenarios.<br />
6) hands-on instruction in gallery installation and promotion.<br />
VI. Assessment Tools Used and Criteria:<br />
1) student floor plan assignments which comprehensively design models for different classroom<br />
scenarios.<br />
2) student strategy assignments for different resource challenge scenarios<br />
2) tests on OSHA safety standards<br />
3) point-by-point student demonstrations on key studio equipment<br />
4) generation of management and curricula documents<br />
5) visual documentation of k-12 gallery installation assignment<br />
VII. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />
143<br />
143
Academic Dishonesty: Written or other work that a student submits must be the product of<br />
her/his own efforts. Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including<br />
dishonesty involving computer technology, are prohibited.<br />
VIII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings:<br />
Week 1-2: visiting various types of currently successful studios<br />
Week 3-4: lecture by certified OSHA and other safety representatives<br />
Week 4-9: practicing different art media and their inherent equipment needs<br />
Week 10-11: hands-on instruction in gallery installation and promotion<br />
Week 12-13: learning management technology<br />
Week 14-15: creation of a series of lesson plans for different studio scenarios<br />
Week 15-16: (final) create floor plans for different classroom scenarios and resource challenges.<br />
IX. Resources/Reference List:<br />
This course, AT 376, Studio Practicum in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />
Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
2.2.3 techniques.<br />
2.2.7 technical knowledge<br />
3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />
3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />
3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic levels.<br />
3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with special needs.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for various educational settings and<br />
levels of education.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction can take place with consideration for space<br />
utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student work.<br />
4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and classroom setting including knowledge of developmentally appropriate and safe art<br />
materials and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and disposal.<br />
4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />
4.4 training in classroom budget management and the acquisition of financial, human, and material resources which includes fund raising and grant<br />
writing.<br />
6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe use of materials, and school finance.<br />
144<br />
144
ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />
Spring Semester, 2004<br />
Professor Joseph Becherer Phone: 459-8281, ext 2409 (AQ)<br />
203,AMC 977-7685 (FMG)<br />
Office Hours: 8-9:30am T,F E-MAIL: jbecherer@meijergardens.org<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
Contemporary Art, also referred to as Art Since 1945, is an introduction to the masters, monuments, and movements<br />
of American and European painting and sculpture from the period following World War II until the present.<br />
Understanding the leading artistic personalities, dominant trends, and most significant works of art from the period<br />
is essential to this course. In addition, readings, projects and journal entries related to the philosophies which<br />
informed the respective movements and the writings of the artists will be examined.<br />
REQUIRED TEXT:<br />
HH Arnason, History of Modern Art, Prentice-Hall, 2004, Fifth Edition<br />
(Available at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Bookstore)<br />
Additional Readings as discussed below will be distributed as assigned<br />
COURSE GOALS:<br />
-to develop an understanding of the artistic parameters of contemporary art<br />
-to understand and become more knowledgeable with regard to the political, sociological, and<br />
philosophical currents which gave shape to the artistic period since World War II<br />
-to understand and be conversant in the artistic and cultural relationship of contemporary art to the<br />
historical periods which precede it, especially the currents of modernism, or early twentieth century art<br />
-to come to understand how contemporary art can be viewed as an outgrowth of modernism and<br />
how it provides commentary on the society in which it was produced<br />
-to gain an awareness of the production of painting and sculpture and be able to distinguish the<br />
essential characteristics and limitations of specific media<br />
-to gain an awareness of and become conversant in the various movements of modernism and<br />
contemporary art and acknowledge the primary veins of expression<br />
-to develop an understanding of and sensitivity towards issues of conservation, exhibition, and<br />
museum/gallery interpretation<br />
-to understand the formal training of artists of the period and begin to understand the ever expanding<br />
and new roles of artists in society<br />
-to develop an understanding and become conversant in a formal discussion of visual organization of<br />
various types of painting and sculpture produced<br />
-to develop an understanding and be able to articulate the essential stylistic elements of given major<br />
masters and their followers<br />
-to understand issues of continuity and change from a generation of artists to the next<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES:<br />
-by building skills in visual analysis<br />
-through a thorough study of major masters and movements<br />
-in a critical reading of the text and outside materials<br />
-through review and synthesis of lectures, readings, discussions, presentations<br />
-by integrating written and visual information, and the study of reproductions and originals<br />
-through practiced and improved speaking and writing skills<br />
-in the discovery and development of basic research methods for a given work or artist<br />
145<br />
145
-by encouraging one another<br />
METHODOLOGY:<br />
This course is composed of lectures, readings, class discussions, student presentations, videos, library<br />
research, and museum visit/site evaluations. Each is an integral part of the learning experience. Students are<br />
responsible for all components even if a class absence occurs.<br />
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION:<br />
-Journal Essays, 1000 points 10 @ 100 points each, each entry will begin with a handout and discussion in<br />
class; topics and content will vary; all journal essays will be due two weeks following the distribution of the<br />
respective handout; all journal entries must be typed and double space with a five page minimum.<br />
-Research Project and Presentation<br />
100 points for presentation with outline<br />
150 points for written project<br />
One major figure on the current Contemporary scene will be the topic of this project. An in-depth research<br />
project on this figure and a related presentation with outline will be required.<br />
-Class Participation, 100 points<br />
TOTAL NUMBER OF POINTS: 1,350<br />
GRADE DISTRIBUTION:<br />
95-100%/A 90-94%/A- 86-89%/B+ 83-85%/B 80-82%/B-<br />
76-79%/C+ 73-75%/C 70-72%/C- 66-69%/D+ 63-65%/D<br />
60-62%/D- Below 60% constitutes failure<br />
ACADEMIC DISHONESTY:<br />
Written or other work that the student submits must be the product of his/her own efforts.<br />
Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including dishonesty involving<br />
computer technology, are prohibited. Further information on Academic Dishonesty can be found on page<br />
29 of the 1998-99 Bulletin.<br />
146<br />
146
147<br />
ABSENCES: Students are allowed 3 absences. Every unexcused absence over will result in lowering your<br />
final grade one unit (eg. A to A-). Students are always responsible for materials covered during an absence. If a test<br />
is missed students must take an accumulative final in lieu of the missed test.<br />
This course, AT 391, Contemporary Art, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />
Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />
2.3.4 non-western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />
2.3.6 cultural studies<br />
2.3.7 media literacy<br />
2.3.8 gender studies<br />
2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design<br />
2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />
2.5.1 make analytical and interpretive evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical perspectives.<br />
Readings Worksheet<br />
OVERVIEW:<br />
In addition to the readings from the text as noted on the syllabus, ten additional Readings from artists, critics, and art<br />
historians of the period will be assigned. Each Reading is intended for in-class discussion on Fridays as noted.<br />
Your are asked to complete a summary of each Reading in anticipation of the class discussions and provide a onepage<br />
summary to hand in at the end of that class. There are ten Readings and each summary is worth ten points for a<br />
total of 100 points (the 6+equivalent of one test grade).<br />
SUMMARY OBJECTIVES:<br />
Each of your summaries should contain the following information:<br />
*Your Name and the Date<br />
*Title and Author of the Reading in Question<br />
*A Summary of the key points introduced in the Reading<br />
-author’s support of the respective key points<br />
*Relationship of the material to the subject(s) under discussion in class<br />
*Your questions/comments/concerns specific to the specific Reading<br />
Each of your summaries will be turned in. Summaries may be legibly handwritten.<br />
147
*Second, examine Chapters 26 and 27 of the text. Is there any overlap between your findings from the<br />
aforementioned and what is included in the text? Are there any significant omissions based on your research using<br />
the periodicals?<br />
*For your essay create a final list of six to eight artists that you feel should be considered as an appropriate<br />
subject for the Research Project and Presentation. Discuss each of your artists clearly stating why they should be<br />
included and discussed in class: what is noteworthy about their work, what is original, etc.<br />
*This Journal Essay is due January 27, 2004.<br />
Gerhard Richter<br />
ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />
Spring Semester, 2004<br />
Journal Essay Number One<br />
*Each member of the class is asked to examine current and back issues of periodicals such as Art in<br />
America, Art Forum, Art News, Sculpture Magazine, the New Art Examiner, etc. as available at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> and<br />
area libraries (see: GRPL Main, Calvin, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park) and build a list of six to eight<br />
artists that not only capture your attention, but that seem to be given significant and repeated attention in articles and<br />
reviews. Do not go back beyond 1994 in your research.<br />
148<br />
148
John Baldessari<br />
Faith Ringold<br />
William Wegman<br />
Alice Aycock<br />
Jeff Koons<br />
Elizabeth Murray<br />
Anselm Kiefer<br />
Francesco Clemente<br />
Jennifer Bartlett<br />
Susan Rothenberg<br />
Martin Puryear<br />
Eric Fischl<br />
149<br />
149
Jonathan Borofsky<br />
Keith Haring<br />
Jenny Holzer<br />
Barbara Kruger<br />
ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />
Fall Semester, 2001<br />
Research Project and Presentation -- Part two<br />
100 points<br />
Subject:_________________________________<br />
150<br />
150
The objective of this project is to investigate the career and achievements of one contemporary artist of note<br />
that achieved critical acclaim in ca. the last two decades.<br />
Both general research on the artist and the specific work as assigned will be necessary. Research will be<br />
largely library based and undoubtedly call for slides to be made. Considering the contemporary nature of<br />
your subject, periodical research and inter-library loans may be important. Regarding the latter, students<br />
will need to access research materials at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Library.<br />
The following four sections of the project are to be followed:<br />
1. Artist’s Biography: Prepare a 4-6 page biography on the artist. Emphasis should<br />
be placed on the development and highlights of his/her career.<br />
2. Artistic Innovation: Prepare a 2-3 page summary of the innovations that your<br />
subject brought forward. What are the sources of inspiration? What social, political, artistic<br />
commentaries are presented by the artist?<br />
3. <strong>Visual</strong> Analysis: Be sure that thorough visual analysis accompanies your<br />
research work and presentation.<br />
4. Summary: Carefully summarize your subject and the aforementioned sections.<br />
Postulate as to the position this artist will hold in the history of art.<br />
Each of the aforementioned should be typed and double spaced. Each section should be brought together in a<br />
singular document that denotes the sections as listed. This project and presentation is worth 100 points.<br />
All presentations will occur in the period following the Thanksgiving holiday and the preceding the end of the<br />
term. Presentations must not exceed 25 minutes in length.<br />
Identifications (Artist, Title, Media, Plate Number)<br />
*Pollock, Male and female, oil, 2.12<br />
*Calder, Only, Only Bird, tin cans and wire, 3.2<br />
*Calder, Object in Y, painted metal, 3.6, 3.7<br />
*Hofmann, The Golden Wall, oil, 3.20<br />
*Gorky, The Liver is the Cock’s Comb, oil, 3.28<br />
ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />
Fall Semester, 2001<br />
Study Guide: Test One<br />
151<br />
151
*Motherwell, Elegy to the Spanish Republic, oil and plastic, 3.34<br />
*de Kooning, Woman I, oil, 3.39<br />
*Pollock, Number 1, 1948, oil and enamel paint, 4.6<br />
*Newman, Vir Heroicus Sublimus, oil, 4.16<br />
*Rothko, Green and Tangerine on Red, oil, 4.20<br />
*Smith, Hudson River Landscape, welded steel, 4.36<br />
*Smith, Cubi XVII, polished stainless steel, 4.40<br />
*Dubuffet, Childbirth, oil, 5.4<br />
*Dubuffet, Erre et Eberre, oil, 5.12<br />
*Giacometti, The Palace at 4:00 am, wood, glass, wire, and string, 5.14<br />
*Giacometti, The City Square, bronze, 5.17<br />
*Bacon, Study After Velazquez’s Portrait of Pope Innocent X, oil, 5.22<br />
Study Questions:<br />
*Using visual analysis can you summarize the essential aesthetic concerns and achievements of each of the<br />
aforementioned masters?<br />
*How might any of the aformentioned masters have exploited the media employed? To what effect?<br />
*What are the sources of influence and inspiration on each of the aforementioned masters and the<br />
development of their style? Artistically? Sociologicalically and philosophically?<br />
*Discuss the emergence of New York as an art center in the 20th century.<br />
*What role do the major figures of Modernisn (eg. Picasso, Mondrian, Miro, etc.) have on the pioneers of<br />
contemporary art?<br />
*Does non-Western art and/or non-academic art play a role in the development of any of the aforementioned<br />
masters?<br />
*How do the aforementioned masters reflect the trends and heritage of expressionism, formalism, dada and<br />
surrealism?<br />
*Can you discuss the variations of abstract expressionism: gestural abstraction, action painting, color field<br />
painting?<br />
*What roles do galleries, museums, and art critics play in the development of contemporary art?<br />
152<br />
152
ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />
Fall Semester, 2001<br />
Test One<br />
1. Identify the works shown according to artist, title, and media. To what major movement of contemporary<br />
art do these artists belong? Carefully discuss both the goals and philosophy of this movement?<br />
What specific and diverse trends within this movement do these works and artist represent? How? (25 points)<br />
2. Identify the works shown according to artist, title, and media. In examing the works shown carefully<br />
discuss the specific sources of inspiration, both direct and indirect, on each of these contemporary artists. For each<br />
of the sources of inspiration, be sure to discuss how these contemporary artists have transformed ideas in the<br />
development of their own style. Finally, can you identify at least one highly original idea of their style which<br />
is apparent in the works presented? (25 points)<br />
3. Identify the works shown according to artist, title, and media. Using the works illustrated, carefully<br />
discuss the artistic development of the artist. Which work is earlier and to what art movements is related? Which is<br />
the mature work and how does it represent both the artists mature style? What are the major differences and<br />
similarities between the earlier and the later works? (25 points)<br />
4. Carefully examine the work shown. Based on the visual evidence before you, to what artist and<br />
movement which we have studied would you place this work and why? To what specific works by the artist<br />
that you suggest can you relate to this unknown?<br />
Why? (25 points)<br />
153<br />
153
ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />
Fall Semester, 2001<br />
di Suvero- Calder Project<br />
This visual analysis project requires that you visit Alexander Calder’s Grande Vitesse and Mark di Suvero’s Motu<br />
Viget in Grand Rapids (Vandenberg Plaza and the neighboring Ford Federal Building). An essay recording your<br />
responses to the following questions is required:<br />
1. Carefully analyze the form of each work. How does the artist utilize materials, positive and negative<br />
space, and define the composition? In what ways does each work relate to and differ from those works by the<br />
artist that we have studied?<br />
2. How do these works compare and contrast in terms of the use of materials, positive and negative space,<br />
and composition?<br />
3. What role does context play in understanding the works? What is the role of public sculpture in these<br />
instances?<br />
4. What role does the viewer play in these works? How does experiencing the work directly differ<br />
from seeing it represented in slides or in a textbook?<br />
5. Finally, venture over to Maya Lin’s Ecliptic at Rosa Parks Circle (corner of Monroe and Pearl). How is<br />
this work of public sculpture similar to and different from the two previous works?<br />
154<br />
154
ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />
Fall Semester, 2001<br />
Test Two<br />
Please consider the following six questions. You are asked to select four of these questions to answer in essay form. Please<br />
be sure to clearly list the question as a preface to your response. These essays must be turned in at the beginning of class on<br />
Friday, December 7, 2001.<br />
1. Carefully examine the examples of sculpture by Mark di Suvero and Louise Nevelson provided in the text. Discuss the<br />
development of their careers and describe elements that comprise their work. What forerunners do they follow and what<br />
innovations do they put forward. Finally, compare and contrast the two artists in terms of style. Please be specific in your<br />
response.<br />
2. Carefully consider the sculpture of Claes Oldenburg (and later with Coosje van Bruggen). What contributions to the<br />
history of sculpture are made in his work? What are his precursors, contemporaries, and contributions? In what ways does<br />
this work meld with the phenomenon of “Pop Art” and it what ways does it differ? Please be specific in your response.<br />
3. In examining the work of Jasper Johns and Robert Rauschenberg discuss the relationship of the beat generation artists with<br />
Abstract Expressionism. What were the goals and innovations put forward by Johns and Rauschenberg? How did they<br />
utilize popular/consumer culture? Please be specific in your response.<br />
4. Carefully examine the projects of Christo. To what movement of contemporary art does he belong and why? What are his<br />
objectives in the large scale projects? How do they compare to large scale works of art from the past and how do they differ?<br />
Please be specific in your response.<br />
5. Define Minimalism. What are the objectives of the movement? What is the relationship of this movement to other prior<br />
movements in the history of art (both inspiration and contradiction)? How do the works of Judd and Stella compare and<br />
contrast? What is the difference between Minimalism as a movement and minimalism as an aesthetic? Please be specific in<br />
your response.<br />
6. Select one artist from the 1960s or 1970s whose work challenges your perception and understanding of art. Why? What<br />
merit do you find in the work and how does your formal study of the artist affect your understanding and appreciation of their<br />
work? Please be specific in your response.<br />
15<br />
<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (LQ) Standards June 12, 2001
THE FOLLOWING AQUINAS COLLEGE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION COURSES<br />
ARE KEY COMPONENTS IN THE K-12 ART EDUCATION COMPREHENSIVE<br />
GROUP MAJOR. SYLLABI ARE NOT INCLUDED HERE, SINCE THEY ARE<br />
AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE IN THE MASTER DOCUMENT. BUT RELEVANCY OF<br />
EACH COURSE TO MATRIX GUIDELINES FOR VISUAL ART EDUCATION IS<br />
STATED IN THIS SECTION.<br />
EN 201 Introduction to Education<br />
EN 302 Educational Psychology<br />
EN 304 Human Growth and Development<br />
EN 390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented<br />
EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Classroom Teachers<br />
EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Classroom Teachers<br />
EN 411 History of Modern Education<br />
EN 415 Philosophy of Education<br />
EN 461 Inclusion<br />
EN 495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School<br />
EN 498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary School<br />
EN 201 Introduction To Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />
Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />
classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />
continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />
prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the<br />
realities of the classroom and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and<br />
cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to diverse and alternative educational settings<br />
such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs.<br />
3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing theories.<br />
3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent and philosophical positions in relationship to<br />
contemporary art education.<br />
3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />
education.<br />
3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />
relevance of art in education.<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />
3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />
3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />
3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />
3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and<br />
economic levels.<br />
16<br />
16
3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with<br />
special needs.<br />
3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local<br />
standards using a variety of instructional formats.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />
appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />
and the open exchange of ideas.<br />
3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation<br />
of student work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />
3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />
throughout their preparation.<br />
3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />
3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and resources for on-going professional<br />
development throughout their teaching career.<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />
can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />
work.<br />
5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />
school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />
legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />
6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education,<br />
safe use of materials, and school finance.<br />
EN 302 Educational Psychology, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />
Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities<br />
3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />
EN 304 Human Growth and Development, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for<br />
the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities<br />
3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />
EN 390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for<br />
the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities<br />
3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />
17<br />
17
EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Classroom Teachers, meets the<br />
following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education<br />
(LQ).<br />
3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />
relevance of art in education.<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />
component.<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />
appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />
and the open exchange of ideas.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />
throughout their preparation.<br />
3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />
can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />
work.<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />
school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />
legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />
EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Classroom Teachers, meets the following<br />
guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />
relevance of art in education.<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />
component.<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />
appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />
and the open exchange of ideas.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />
throughout their preparation.<br />
3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />
can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />
work.<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />
school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />
legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />
18<br />
18
EN 411 History of Modern Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />
Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />
education.<br />
EN 415 Philosophy of Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />
Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />
education.<br />
EN 453 Methods of Secondary Education<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />
component.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />
appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />
and the open exchange of ideas.<br />
EN 461 Inclusion, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />
Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />
3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />
3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />
EN 495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />
Secondary School meet the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />
Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />
1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />
classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />
continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />
prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />
1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the<br />
realities of the classroom and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and<br />
cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to diverse and alternative educational settings<br />
such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs<br />
3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />
education.<br />
3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />
relevance of art in education.<br />
3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />
component.<br />
3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />
3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />
19<br />
19
3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />
3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />
3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />
3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />
3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local<br />
standards using a variety of instructional formats.<br />
3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />
appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />
3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />
and the open exchange of ideas.<br />
3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation<br />
of student work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />
3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />
3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />
3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />
throughout their preparation.<br />
3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />
3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and resources for on-going professional<br />
development throughout their teaching career.<br />
4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />
can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />
work.<br />
4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />
5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />
5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />
school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />
legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />
6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education,<br />
safe use of materials, and school finance.<br />
20<br />
20